http://blog.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs hourly 1 1901-01-01T00:00+00:00 http://gmane.org/img/gmane-25t.png http://gmane.org http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37511 <pre>Author: vfr Date: Wed May 22 08:23:14 2013 New Revision: 40968 URL: http://www.lyx.org/trac/changeset/40968 Log: * i18n: update stats for trunk Modified: www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.inc Modified: www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.inc ============================================================================== --- www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.incTue May 21 19:53:06 2013(r40967) +++ www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.incWed May 22 08:23:14 2013(r40968) &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7,96 +7,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; // The data itself $podata = array ( array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ar', "date" =&gt; "2010-03-21", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3194, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1493, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1742, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3194, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1498, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1737, "translator" =&gt; "Mohamed Magdy", "email" =&gt; "theblackdragon_100 () hotmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ca', "date" =&gt; "2008-07-28", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2886, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1970, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1573, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2940, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1956, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1533, "translator" =&gt; "joan", "email" =&gt; "joan () montane ! cat"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'cs', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-12", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5038, "msg_fu" =&gt; 797, "msg_nt" =&gt; 594, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'cs', "date" =&gt; "2013-03-08", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5196, "msg_fu" =&gt; 672, "msg_nt" =&gt; 561, "translator" =&gt; "Pavel Sanda", "email" =&gt; "sanda () lyx ! org"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'da', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-20", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3684, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1618, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1127, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3697, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1615, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1117, "translator" =&gt; "Jesper Stemann Andersen", "email" =&gt; "jesper () sait ! dk"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'de', "date" =&gt; "2013-04-21", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 6397, "msg_fu" =&gt; 18, "msg_nt" =&gt; 14, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'de', "date" =&gt; "2013-05-21", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 6424, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 5, "translator" =&gt; "Uwe St&amp;#246;hr", "email" =&gt; "uwestoehr () web ! de"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'el', "date" =&gt; "2010-07-07", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3197, "msg_fu" =&gt; 937, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2295, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3198, "msg_fu" =&gt; 941, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2290, "translator" =&gt; "&amp;#927;&amp;#948;&amp;#965;&amp;#963;&amp;#963;&amp;#941;&amp;#945;&amp;#962; &amp;#916;&amp;#945;&amp;#947;&amp;#954;&amp;#955;&amp;#942;&amp;#962;", "email" =&gt; "o2d () freemail ! gr"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'es', "date" =&gt; "2012-06-08", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5243, "msg_fu" =&gt; 639, "msg_nt" =&gt; 547, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'es', "date" =&gt; "2013-04-16", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5159, "msg_fu" =&gt; 703, "msg_nt" =&gt; 567, "translator" =&gt; "Ignacio Garc&amp;#237;a", "email" =&gt; "ignacio ! gmorales () gmail ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'eu', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-28", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4992, "msg_fu" =&gt; 821, "msg_nt" =&gt; 616, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'eu', "date" =&gt; "2012-06-21", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5220, "msg_fu" =&gt; 653, "msg_nt" =&gt; 556, "translator" =&gt; "I&amp;#241;aki Larra&amp;#241;aga Murgoitio", "email" =&gt; "dooteo () zundan ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'fi', "date" =&gt; "2012-04-07", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2920, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2218, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1291, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'fi', "date" =&gt; "2007-07-14", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2905, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2233, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1291, "translator" =&gt; "Martin Vermeer", "email" =&gt; "martin ! vermeer () tkk ! fi"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'fr', "date" =&gt; "2013-01-28", "msg_tr" =&gt; 6247, "msg_fu" =&gt; 142, "msg_nt" =&gt; 40, "translator" =&gt; "Jean-Pierre Chr&amp;#233;tien", "email" =&gt; "jeanpierre ! chretien () free ! fr"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'gl', "date" =&gt; "2007-07-11", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3000, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2198, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1231, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3056, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2169, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1204, "translator" =&gt; "Ramon Flores", "email" =&gt; "fa2ramon () usc ! es"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'he', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3093, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1657, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1679, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3093, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1665, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1671, "translator" =&gt; "Richman Reuven", "email" =&gt; "richman ! reuven () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'hu', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4493, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1137, "msg_nt" =&gt; 799, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4494, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1140, "msg_nt" =&gt; 795, "translator" =&gt; "Sz&amp;#337;ke S&amp;#225;ndor", "email" =&gt; "alex () lyx ! hu"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ia', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4992, "msg_fu" =&gt; 821, "msg_nt" =&gt; 616, -"translator" =&gt; "g.sora", "email" =&gt; "g ! sora () tiscali ! it"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'id', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-19", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5032, "msg_fu" =&gt; 799, "msg_nt" =&gt; 598, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ia', "date" =&gt; "2013-04-30", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5181, "msg_fu" =&gt; 672, "msg_nt" =&gt; 576, +"translator" =&gt; "Giovanni Sora", "email" =&gt; "g ! sora () tiscali ! it"), +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'id', "date" =&gt; "2012-02-01", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5112, "msg_fu" =&gt; 739, "msg_nt" =&gt; 578, "translator" =&gt; "Waluyo Adi Siswanto", "email" =&gt; "was ! uthm () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'it', "date" =&gt; "2013-03-31", "msg_tr" =&gt; 6396, "msg_fu" =&gt; 19, "msg_nt" =&gt; 14, "translator" =&gt; "Enrico Forestieri", "email" =&gt; "forenr () lyx ! org"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ja', "date" =&gt; "2012-11-14", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5229, "msg_fu" =&gt; 638, "msg_nt" =&gt; 562, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5604, "msg_fu" =&gt; 565, "msg_nt" =&gt; 260, "translator" =&gt; "Koji Yokota", "email" =&gt; "yokota () res ! otaru-uc ! ac ! jp"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nb', "date" =&gt; "2011-07-13", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3971, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1210, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1248, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nb', "date" =&gt; "2011-11-15", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5026, "msg_fu" =&gt; 776, "msg_nt" =&gt; 627, "translator" =&gt; "Helge Hafting", "email" =&gt; "helge ! hafting () aitel ! hist ! no"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nl', "date" =&gt; "2011-12-08", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2784, "msg_fu" =&gt; 932, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2713, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2781, "msg_fu" =&gt; 947, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2701, "translator" =&gt; "Timo Kluck", "email" =&gt; "tkluck () infty ! nl"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nn', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-09", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5023, "msg_fu" =&gt; 805, "msg_nt" =&gt; 601, -"translator" =&gt; "Ingar Pareliussen", "email" =&gt; "ingar ! pareliussen () _dmmh_no"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'pl', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4411, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1218, "msg_nt" =&gt; 800, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nn', "date" =&gt; "2013-05-01", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5168, "msg_fu" =&gt; 688, "msg_nt" =&gt; 573, +"translator" =&gt; "Ingar Pareliussen", "email" =&gt; ""), +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'pl', "date" =&gt; "2012-11-03", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4534, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1126, "msg_nt" =&gt; 769, "translator" =&gt; "Micha&amp;#322; Fita", "email" =&gt; "michal ! fita () gmail ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'pt', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4200, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1333, "msg_nt" =&gt; 896, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'pt', "date" =&gt; "2011-05-11", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4249, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1322, "msg_nt" =&gt; 858, "translator" =&gt; "Susana Barbosa", "email" =&gt; "susanabarb () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ro', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2884, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2179, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1366, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2932, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2163, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1334, "translator" =&gt; "Marius Ionescu", "email" =&gt; "felijohn () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ru', "date" =&gt; "2010-04-21", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3717, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1814, "msg_nt" =&gt; 898, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3718, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1817, "msg_nt" =&gt; 894, "translator" =&gt; "Sergey Tereschenko", "email" =&gt; "serg ! partizan () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sk', "date" =&gt; "2013-01-16", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 6413, "msg_fu" =&gt; 11, "msg_nt" =&gt; 5, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 6429, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, "translator" =&gt; "Kornel Benko", "email" =&gt; "kornel () lyx ! org"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sr', "date" =&gt; "2011-05-29", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2645, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1086, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2698, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sr', "date" =&gt; "2011-06-21", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3108, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1169, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2152, "translator" =&gt; "Zoran T. Filipovi&amp;#263;", "email" =&gt; "zoran ! filipovic () yahoo ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sv', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5016, "msg_fu" =&gt; 808, "msg_nt" =&gt; 605, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sv', "date" =&gt; "2013-04-21", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5158, "msg_fu" =&gt; 696, "msg_nt" =&gt; 575, "translator" =&gt; "Jim Rotmalm", "email" =&gt; "jim ! rotmalm () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'tr', "date" =&gt; "2009-05-25", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3888, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1485, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1056, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3939, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1466, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1024, "translator" =&gt; "H. &amp;#304;brahim G&amp;#252;ng&amp;#246;r", "email" =&gt; "h ! ibrahim ! gungor () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'uk', "date" =&gt; "2013-04-14", "msg_tr" =&gt; 6397, "msg_fu" =&gt; 18, "msg_nt" =&gt; 14, "translator" =&gt; "Yuri Chornoivan", "email" =&gt; "yurchor () ukr ! net"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'zh_CN', "date" =&gt; "2011-06-02", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3932, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1506, "msg_nt" =&gt; 991, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3933, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1509, "msg_nt" =&gt; 987, "translator" =&gt; "Yihui Xie", "email" =&gt; "xie () yihui ! name"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'zh_TW', "date" =&gt; "2007-06-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2936, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2217, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1276, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2937, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2219, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1273, "translator" =&gt; "Wei-Lun Chao", "email" =&gt; "chaoweilun () gmail ! com") )?&gt; </pre> vfr< at >lyx.org 2013-05-22T06:23:15 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37510 <pre>The branch, 2.0.x, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 8e6e4c28f359682a7eb3a7564ca720a8ae2d8b38 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 23:41:36 2013 +0200 UserGuide.lyx: backport recent changes to branch diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index b0c34be..8a75719 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -23963,25 +23963,28 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Keep matched \family default , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. - The selection will be shown below the button field. - If you want one side not to have a bracket, use the blank button. + The selection will be shown as TeX code. + If you want one side not to have a bracket, use +\family sans +(none) +\family default +. It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, - you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to - go inside the brackets. +If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square + root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that + is to go inside the brackets. Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans Insert \family default . - The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. - For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select - the structure and enter + For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and + enter \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-delim ( )" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40662,15 +40665,54 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Color ! background \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and - for Greyed +Here you can alter the font color for the +\family sans +Main text +\family default + (default: black), for +\family sans +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +out notes +\family default + (default: light grey)for the background color for the +\family sans +Page +\family default + (default: white) and for +\family sans +Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -out notes (default: light grey). +boxes +\family default + (default: red). The button \family sans Reset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40679,17 +40721,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white) - and for Shaded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -boxes (default: red). +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40706,31 +40754,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; out note appears blue in the output.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option +Note, if you change the \family sans -Color -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\family default - in the document settings under -\family sans -PDF +Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -properties +text \family default -, you probably also need to change the link font color by using + font color and use the option \family sans -Additional +Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -options +links \family default - in the + in the document settings under \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40738,36 +40778,14 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; PDF properties \family default -. - For example the option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -sets the link text color to black. - For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! hyperref -\end_layout - +, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40782,12 +40800,24 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; key "hyperref" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every - page in your document if you use these commands as TeX +You can adapt the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + font color and the +\family sans +Page +\family default + background for every page in your document if you use these commands as + TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Code behind a forced page break: +Code after a forced page break: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40815,7 +40845,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The color name can hereby be one of these: +You are restricted to one of \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40843,20 +40873,40 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + or \series bold yellow \series default + for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Objects +\emph default + Manual). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the - following names: +If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following + names to refer to them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the page background color: +For the +\family sans +Page +\family default + background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40866,7 +40916,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; page_backgroundcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the main text color: +For the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40876,11 +40934,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; document_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the Shaded +For the +\family sans +Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -box background color: +boxes +\family default + background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40890,11 +40952,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; shadecolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the Greyed +For the +\family sans +Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -out note text color: +out notes +\family default + text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40904,23 +40970,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; note_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To see how to define and use custom colors, see section -\emph on -Colored +To see how to define and use custom colors, see section Colored \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Cells -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded +Cells of the Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Objects -\emph default - manual. +Objects manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40928,8 +40986,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Numbering &amp; TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section - depth in the table of contents as described in section +Here you can adjust the +\family sans +Numbering +\family default + depth of section headings and the section depth in the +\family sans +Table of Contents +\family default + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41169,7 +41234,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Float Placement \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The float placement options are described in section +The float placement options are described in the section \emph on Float \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41193,7 +41258,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Listings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The listings settings are explained in chapter +The listings settings are explained in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41271,7 +41336,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Format: The format that is used when you hit +Format: The format that is used when you enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41312,6 +41377,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; View \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Formats \family default , see section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41371,9 +41441,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Options settings for the export format +Options offers settings for the export format \family sans -LyXHTML +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +XHTML \family default . &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41410,7 +41491,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Additional Features \emph default manual. - The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output. + +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +image +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +scaling +\family default + is used for the size of equations in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41432,7 +41525,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; eX Preamble In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages or to define LaTeX-commands. The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts. - You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are + You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are doing. \end_layout diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index 10bde09..7892b42 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -4355,7 +4355,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zitat (kurz) status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat!(kurz) +Zitat ! (kurz) \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -4373,7 +4373,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zitat (lang) status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat!(lang) +Zitat ! (lang) \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -4406,11 +4406,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; listung status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Auf -\family sans -\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} - -\family default +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7303,9 +7299,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -radiation: -\lang ngerman - +radiation: \begin_inset Argument status open &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7327,8 +7321,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; itshape, style=nextline \end_inset - -\lang english Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24252,42 +24244,35 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Die Klammern mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf werden automatisch an die Größe \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die gewünschte - Klammer in der linken und rechten Seite. - -\lang english - If you use the option +Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die Klammer in + der linken und rechten Seite. + Wenn Sie die Option \family sans -Keep -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -matched +Zusammenpassend \family default -, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. - The selection will be shown below the button field. - If you want one side not to have a bracket, use the blank button. - It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. + verwenden, wird die ausgewählte Klammer für die linke und rechte Seite + verwendet. + Die Auswahl wird als TeX-Code angezeigt. + Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, verwenden Sie +\family sans +(kein) +\family default +. + Dies erscheint in LyX als gestrichelte Linie, es wird aber nichts ausgegeben. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, - you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to - go inside the brackets. - Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on +Um Klammern um bestehende mathematische Strukturen, wie Wurzeln, zu setzen, + markiert man zuerst die Struktur, dann wählt man die entsprechenden Klammern + aus und drückt auf \family sans -Insert +Einfügen \family default . - The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. - The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and - braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. - For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select - the structure and enter -\lang ngerman - + Die häufigsten Klammern (beidseitig runde, eckige und geschweifte) können + schneller mit Tastenkürzeln eingefügt werden. + Um zum Beispiel ein Paar runde Klammern einzufügen, markiert man die Struktur + und verwendet das Kürzel \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-delim ( )" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41032,7 +41017,31 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Farbe ! Hintergrund status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Haupttext- +Farbe ! Haupttext +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Schattierte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Boxen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Grauschrift-Notizen \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41041,8 +41050,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Farbe ! Haupttext- \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie die Schriftfarbe für den Haupttext (Voreinstellung: schwarz) - und für Grauschrift-Notizen (Voreinstellung: hellgrau) ändern. +Hier können Sie die Schriftfarbe für den Haupttext (Voreinstellung: schwarz), + für Grauschrift-Notizen (Voreinstellung: hellgrau), die Hintergrundfarbe + für die Seiten (Voreinstellung: weiß) und für Schattierte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Boxen (Voreinstellung: rot) ändern. Der Kopf \family sans Zurücksetzen &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41051,12 +41065,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zurücksetzen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sie können außerdem die Hintergrundfarbe für die Seiten (Voreinstellung: - weiß) und für Schattierte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Boxen (Voreinstellung: rot) ändern. +Durch Klicken auf entweder +\family sans +Standard +\family default + oder +\family sans +Änderung +\family default + wird ein Dialog geöffnet, in dem man eine Farbe per Klick oder per Angabe + von HSL oder RGB Werten auswählen kann. + Im Dialog kann man jede Farbe zu den benutzerdefinierten Farben hinzufügen + um sie später schneller auswählen zu können. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41087,52 +41107,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; einfärben PDF-Eigenschaften \family default verwenden, müssen Sie wahrscheinlich auch die Schriftfarbe der Links ändern, - indem sie -\family sans -Zusätzliche + wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Optionen -\family default - in den -\family sans -PDF-Eigenschaften -\family default - verwenden. - Zum Beispiel färbt die Option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -den Linktext schwarz. - Für weitere Informationen, siehe das Handbuch des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" \end_inset -. + beschrieben ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41173,7 +41159,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{Farbname} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Der Farbname kann einer dieser Namen sein: +Der Farbname kann nur einer dieser Namen sein: \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41204,6 +41190,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; white , \series bold yellow +\series default + solange man keine eigene Farbe definiert hat (siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Farbige Tabellen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard diff --git a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx index 19f9352..9215ccd 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24540,18 +24540,26 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; iguales \family default , el tipo de delimitador seleccionado se pondrá en ambos lados. El comando TeX de la selección se mostrará bajo el panel de botones. - Si quieres que un lado no tenga delimitador, usa el botón + Si quieres que un lado no tenga delimitador, usa \family sans -Ninguno +( +\lang english +none +\lang spanish +) \family default . En LyX se mostrará una línea punteada pero no se imprime en la salida. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Si quieres poner delimitadores alrededor de estructuras matemáticas, como - una raíz cuadrada, puedes seleccionar la estructura que debe incluirse, - escoger los delimitadores deseados y pulsar +Si quieres poner delimitadores alrededor de +\lang english +existing +\lang spanish + estructuras matemáticas, como una raíz cuadrada, puedes seleccionar la + estructura que debe incluirse, escoger los delimitadores deseados y pulsar + \family sans Insert \family default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41345,11 +41353,37 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Color ! Fondo \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! +\lang english +Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! +\lang english +Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Aquí puede cambiar el color para el texto principal (por omisión: negro) - y para las notas resaltadas en gris (por omisión: gris claro). +Aquí puede cambiar el color para el texto principal (por omisión: negro), + para las notas resaltadas en gris (por omisión: gris claro), para del fondo + de las páginas (por omisión: blanco) y pare de los marcos (por omisión: + rojo). El botón \family sans Reiniciar &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41358,8 +41392,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reiniciar \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -También puedes cambiar el color de fondo de las páginas (por omisión: blanco) - y de los marcos (por omisión: rojo). + +\lang english +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41398,52 +41444,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Propiedades PDF \family default de la configuración del documento, probablemente debas cambiar el color - de los enlaces en -\family sans -Opciones -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset + +\lang english +as described in section +\lang spanish -adicionales d -\family default -e -\family sans -Propiedades \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -PDF -\family default -. - Por ejemplo, la opción -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -establece negro para el color de los enlaces. - Para más información, véase el manual del paquete LaTeX -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX, paquetes ! hyperref -\end_layout -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Propiedades-PDF" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41488,7 +41500,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{nombre de color} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -El nombre del color puede ser aquí uno de estos: + +\lang english +You are restricted to one of +\lang spanish + \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41516,10 +41532,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + o \series bold yellow \series default + +\lang english +for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + Manual). +\lang spanish \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index af7a18a..98243f0 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7232,11 +7232,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; est utilisée: \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\lang english Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -radiation: +radiation: \begin_inset Argument status open &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7258,12 +7260,14 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; itshape, style=nextline \end_inset - Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that - are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore +Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are + energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\lang english Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24940,27 +24944,35 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Si vous utilisez l'icône de délimitation, les parenthèses et autres délimite \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Il est très facile de construire les crochets que vous souhaitez. - Cliquez sur le crochet que vous voulez avoir à gauche dans la fenêtre de - gauche et sur celui que vous voulez à droite dans la fenêtre de droite, - et placez-les dans le document en appuyant sur le bouton + +\lang english +To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the + left side and right side. + If you use the option \family sans -Insertion +Keep +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +matched \family default -. - Si vous voulez un côté sans délimiteur, utilisez le bouton vide. - LyX affichera une ligne pointillée, mais n'imprimera rien. - Si vous cochez l'option +, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. + The selection will be shown as TeX code. + If you want one side not to have a bracket, use \family sans -Apparier +(none) \family default -, vous ne choisissez qu'un seul délimiteur, LyX choisit pour vous le délimiteur - de même type pour l'autre côté. +. + It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Si vous décidez après coup de placer des parenthèses (ou une autre structure mathématique, comme une racine carrée, ou un autre ornement) autour d'une + +\lang english +existing +\lang french structure mathématique déjà existante, c'est faisable. Sélectionnez la structure en question (en maintenant la touche \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24974,7 +24986,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Shift Insertion \family default . - Les parenthèses seront placées autour de la structure sélectionnée. Les combinaisons les plus courantes (parenthèses, crochets et accolades associées) peuvent être saisies via les raccourcis clavier. Par exemple, pour insérer une paire de parenthèses flexibles, sélectionner &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42720,12 +42731,37 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Couleurs ! fond \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Couleurs ! +\lang english +Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Couleurs ! +\lang english +Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez via cette rubrique modifier la couleur de la police du texte - principal (implicitement noire) et du texte des notes grisées (implicitement - gris léger). + principal (implicitement noire), du texte des notes grisées (implicitement + gris léger), du fond pour les pages (implicitement blanche) et pour le + boîtes ombrées (implicitement rouge). Le bouton \family sans RàZ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42734,8 +42770,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; repositionne les couleurs sur les valeurs implicites. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Vous pouvez également modifier les couleur du fond pour les pages (implicitement - blanche) et pour le boîtes ombrées (implicitement rouge). + +\lang english +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42782,57 +42830,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; PDF \family sans Hyperlien \family default -, vous devez probablement modifier la couleur des liens symboliques en utilisant - -\family sans -Autres -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -options -\family default -dans ces -\family sans -Propriétés -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +, vous devez probablement modifier la couleur des liens symboliques +\lang english +as described in section +\lang french -du \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -PDF -\family default -. - Par exemple l'option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -met les liens en noir. - Pour plus d'informations, voyez le manuel du paquetage LaTeX -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paquetages LaTeX ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:propriétés-du-PDF" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42881,7 +42890,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Les noms de couleur doivent être choisis parmi: + +\lang english +You are restricted to one of +\lang french + \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42909,11 +42922,31 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + ou \series bold yellow \series default -. + +\lang english +for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + Manual). +\lang french + \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx index b99b049..f457c20 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -19499,9 +19499,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -括弧を作成するには、左側と右側に使う括弧のボタンをクリックしてください。左右対称オプションを使用すると、選択した括弧型が左右両方に使用されます。選択した括弧は、 -ボタンフィールドの下に表示されます。片側に括弧をつけたくない場合は、空白ボタンを使用してください。LyX上では破線が表示されますが、印刷時には何も印字されなくな -ります。 +括弧を作成するには、左側と右側に使う括弧のボタンをクリックしてください。左右対称オプションを使用すると、選択した括弧型が左右両方に使用されます。 +\lang english +The selection will be shown as TeX code +\lang japanese +。 +\lang english +If you want one side not to have a bracket, use +\family sans +(none) +\family default +\lang japanese +。LyX上では破線が表示されますが、印刷時には何も印字されなくなります。 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33542,26 +33551,25 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; status collapsed \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status open -\begin_layout Standard -ここでは、本文のフォント色(既定値:黒)と、淡色表示注釈のフォント色(既定値:淡灰色)を変更することができます。 -\family sans -リセット -\family default -ボタンを押すと、色は既定値に戻ります。 +\begin_layout Plain Layout +いろ&lt; at &gt;色 ! +\lang english +Shaded boxes \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -また、頁の背景色(既定値:白)と影付きボックスの背景色(既定値:赤)を変更することもできます。 -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout + +\begin_inset Index idx status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -色はLyX中の表示には反映されず、出力中にのみ表れます(この淡色表示注釈は出力中では青で表示されます)。 +いろ&lt; at &gt;色 ! +\lang english +Greyed-out notes \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33570,54 +33578,107 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; status open \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -本文フォント色を変更した上、さらに文書設定の + +\lang english +Here you can alter the font color for the \family sans -PDF特性 +Main text \family default -で + (default: black), for \family sans -色付きリンク +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +out notes \family default -オプションを有効にした場合、おそらく + (default: light grey)for the background color for the \family sans -PDF特性 +Page \family default -の + (default: white) and for \family sans -追加オプション +Shaded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +boxes +\family default + (default: red). + The button +\family sans +Reset \family default -でリンクフォント色も変更する必要があります。例えば、オプションに + sets the color back to the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\series bold -linkcolor=black +\lang english +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -と指定すれば、リンクフォント色が黒に設定されます。詳しくは、LaTeXパッケージ -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Latexぱっけーじ&lt; at &gt;LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref +色はLyX中の表示には反映されず、出力中にのみ表れます(この淡色表示注釈は出力中では青で表示されます)。 \end_layout \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Note, if you change the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + font color and use the option +\family sans +Color +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\family default + in the document settings under +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -の取扱説明書をご覧ください。 +properties +\family default +, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section +\lang japanese + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF特性" + +\end_inset + +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33656,7 +33717,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{色名} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -ここで、色名は次のいずれかです: + +\lang english +You are restricted to one of +\lang japanese + \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33684,10 +33749,34 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + +\lang english +or +\lang japanese + \series bold yellow \series default + +\lang english +for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + Manual). +\lang japanese \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 281 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------- lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx | 178 +++++++++++++++--------------- lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx | 140 ++++++++++++++--------- lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx | 171 +++++++++++++++++----------- lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx | 173 +++++++++++++++++++++------- 5 files changed, 597 insertions(+), 346 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-21T21:41:45 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37509 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit c42acc7cec9b37edb790fe767fa9e79d4186ca16 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 23:40:38 2013 +0200 French UserGuide.lyx: fix a paragraph language diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index 6d55da3..98243f0 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7232,11 +7232,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; est utilisée: \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\lang english Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -radiation: +radiation: \begin_inset Argument status open &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7258,12 +7260,14 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; itshape, style=nextline \end_inset - Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that - are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore +Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are + energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\lang english Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx | 10 +++++++--- 1 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-21T21:40:39 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37508 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit d6c3b7fa730100a244342149ebdaaa7ce9e128a2 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 23:35:06 2013 +0200 UserGuide.lyx: some more revision work - also the last try to fix Scott's compilations problems diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index b001c33..4e93b23 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40674,15 +40674,54 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Color ! background \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and - for Greyed +Here you can alter the font color for the +\family sans +Main text +\family default + (default: black), for +\family sans +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +out notes +\family default + (default: light grey)for the background color for the +\family sans +Page +\family default + (default: white) and for +\family sans +Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -out notes (default: light grey). +boxes +\family default + (default: red). The button \family sans Reset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40691,17 +40730,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white) - and for Shaded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -boxes (default: red). +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40718,31 +40763,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; out note appears blue in the output.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option +Note, if you change the \family sans -Color -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\family default - in the document settings under -\family sans -PDF +Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -properties +text \family default -, you probably also need to change the link font color by using + font color and use the option \family sans -Additional +Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -options +links \family default - in the + in the document settings under \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40750,36 +40787,14 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; PDF properties \family default -. - For example the option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -sets the link text color to black. - For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! hyperref -\end_layout - +, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40794,12 +40809,24 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; key "hyperref" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every - page in your document if you use these commands as TeX +You can adapt the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + font color and the +\family sans +Page +\family default + background for every page in your document if you use these commands as + TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Code behind a forced page break: +Code after a forced page break: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40827,7 +40854,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The color name can hereby be one of these: +You are restricted to one of \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40855,20 +40882,40 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + or \series bold yellow \series default + for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Objects +\emph default + Manual). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the - following names: +If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following + names to refer to them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the page background color: +For the +\family sans +Page +\family default + background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40878,7 +40925,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; page_backgroundcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the main text color: +For the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40888,11 +40943,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; document_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the Shaded +For the +\family sans +Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -box background color: +boxes +\family default + background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40902,11 +40961,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; shadecolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -For the Greyed +For the +\family sans +Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -out note text color: +out notes +\family default + text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40916,23 +40979,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; note_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To see how to define and use custom colors, see section -\emph on -Colored +To see how to define and use custom colors, see section Colored \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Cells -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded +Cells of the Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Objects -\emph default - manual. +Objects manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40940,8 +40995,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Numbering &amp; TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section - depth in the table of contents as described in section +Here you can adjust the +\family sans +Numbering +\family default + depth of section headings and the section depth in the +\family sans +Table of Contents +\family default + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41181,7 +41243,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Float Placement \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The float placement options are described in section +The float placement options are described in the section \emph on Float \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41205,7 +41267,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Listings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The listings settings are explained in chapter +The listings settings are explained in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41283,7 +41345,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Format: The format that is used when you hit +Format: The format that is used when you enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41388,9 +41450,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Options settings for the export format +Options offers settings for the export format \family sans -LyXHTML +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +XHTML \family default . &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41427,7 +41500,57 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Additional Features \emph default manual. - The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output. + +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +image +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +scaling +\family default + is used for the size of equations in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX Preamble +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages + or to define LaTeX-commands. + The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts. + You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are + doing. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + +. \end_layout \begin_layout Section diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index 5b27e6b..7892b42 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7299,9 +7299,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -radiation: -\lang ngerman - +radiation: \begin_inset Argument status open &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -7323,8 +7321,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; itshape, style=nextline \end_inset - -\lang english Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41021,7 +41017,31 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Farbe ! Hintergrund status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Haupttext- +Farbe ! Haupttext +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Schattierte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Boxen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Grauschrift-Notizen \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41030,8 +41050,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Farbe ! Haupttext- \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie die Schriftfarbe für den Haupttext (Voreinstellung: schwarz) - und für Grauschrift-Notizen (Voreinstellung: hellgrau) ändern. +Hier können Sie die Schriftfarbe für den Haupttext (Voreinstellung: schwarz), + für Grauschrift-Notizen (Voreinstellung: hellgrau), die Hintergrundfarbe + für die Seiten (Voreinstellung: weiß) und für Schattierte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Boxen (Voreinstellung: rot) ändern. Der Kopf \family sans Zurücksetzen &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41040,12 +41065,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zurücksetzen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sie können außerdem die Hintergrundfarbe für die Seiten (Voreinstellung: - weiß) und für Schattierte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Boxen (Voreinstellung: rot) ändern. +Durch Klicken auf entweder +\family sans +Standard +\family default + oder +\family sans +Änderung +\family default + wird ein Dialog geöffnet, in dem man eine Farbe per Klick oder per Angabe + von HSL oder RGB Werten auswählen kann. + Im Dialog kann man jede Farbe zu den benutzerdefinierten Farben hinzufügen + um sie später schneller auswählen zu können. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41076,52 +41107,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; einfärben PDF-Eigenschaften \family default verwenden, müssen Sie wahrscheinlich auch die Schriftfarbe der Links ändern, - indem sie -\family sans -Zusätzliche + wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Optionen -\family default - in den -\family sans -PDF-Eigenschaften -\family default - verwenden. - Zum Beispiel färbt die Option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -den Linktext schwarz. - Für weitere Informationen, siehe das Handbuch des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! hyperref -\end_layout -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" \end_inset -. + beschrieben ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41162,7 +41159,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{Farbname} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Der Farbname kann einer dieser Namen sein: +Der Farbname kann nur einer dieser Namen sein: \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41193,6 +41190,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; white , \series bold yellow +\series default + solange man keine eigene Farbe definiert hat (siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Farbige Tabellen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard diff --git a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx index da9b6b3..9215ccd 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41353,11 +41353,37 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Color ! Fondo \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! +\lang english +Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! +\lang english +Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Aquí puede cambiar el color para el texto principal (por omisión: negro) - y para las notas resaltadas en gris (por omisión: gris claro). +Aquí puede cambiar el color para el texto principal (por omisión: negro), + para las notas resaltadas en gris (por omisión: gris claro), para del fondo + de las páginas (por omisión: blanco) y pare de los marcos (por omisión: + rojo). El botón \family sans Reiniciar &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41366,8 +41392,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reiniciar \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -También puedes cambiar el color de fondo de las páginas (por omisión: blanco) - y de los marcos (por omisión: rojo). + +\lang english +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41406,52 +41444,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Propiedades PDF \family default de la configuración del documento, probablemente debas cambiar el color - de los enlaces en -\family sans -Opciones -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset + +\lang english +as described in section +\lang spanish -adicionales d -\family default -e -\family sans -Propiedades \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -PDF -\family default -. - Por ejemplo, la opción -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -establece negro para el color de los enlaces. - Para más información, véase el manual del paquete LaTeX -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX, paquetes ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Propiedades-PDF" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41496,7 +41500,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{nombre de color} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -El nombre del color puede ser aquí uno de estos: + +\lang english +You are restricted to one of +\lang spanish + \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41524,10 +41532,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + o \series bold yellow \series default + +\lang english +for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + Manual). +\lang spanish \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index a286a91..6d55da3 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42727,12 +42727,37 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Couleurs ! fond \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Couleurs ! +\lang english +Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Couleurs ! +\lang english +Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez via cette rubrique modifier la couleur de la police du texte - principal (implicitement noire) et du texte des notes grisées (implicitement - gris léger). + principal (implicitement noire), du texte des notes grisées (implicitement + gris léger), du fond pour les pages (implicitement blanche) et pour le + boîtes ombrées (implicitement rouge). Le bouton \family sans RàZ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42741,8 +42766,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; repositionne les couleurs sur les valeurs implicites. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Vous pouvez également modifier les couleur du fond pour les pages (implicitement - blanche) et pour le boîtes ombrées (implicitement rouge). + +\lang english +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42789,57 +42826,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; PDF \family sans Hyperlien \family default -, vous devez probablement modifier la couleur des liens symboliques en utilisant - -\family sans -Autres -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -options -\family default -dans ces -\family sans -Propriétés -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +, vous devez probablement modifier la couleur des liens symboliques +\lang english +as described in section +\lang french -du \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -PDF -\family default -. - Par exemple l'option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -met les liens en noir. - Pour plus d'informations, voyez le manuel du paquetage LaTeX -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paquetages LaTeX ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:propriétés-du-PDF" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42888,7 +42886,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Les noms de couleur doivent être choisis parmi: + +\lang english +You are restricted to one of +\lang french + \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42916,11 +42918,31 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + ou \series bold yellow \series default -. + +\lang english +for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + Manual). +\lang french + \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx index 5976086..f457c20 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33551,26 +33551,25 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; status collapsed \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status open -\begin_layout Standard -ここでは、本文のフォント色(既定値:黒)と、淡色表示注釈のフォント色(既定値:淡灰色)を変更することができます。 -\family sans -リセット -\family default -ボタンを押すと、色は既定値に戻ります。 +\begin_layout Plain Layout +いろ&lt; at &gt;色 ! +\lang english +Shaded boxes \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -また、頁の背景色(既定値:白)と影付きボックスの背景色(既定値:赤)を変更することもできます。 -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout + +\begin_inset Index idx status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -色はLyX中の表示には反映されず、出力中にのみ表れます(この淡色表示注釈は出力中では青で表示されます)。 +いろ&lt; at &gt;色 ! +\lang english +Greyed-out notes \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33579,54 +33578,107 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; status open \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -本文フォント色を変更した上、さらに文書設定の + +\lang english +Here you can alter the font color for the \family sans -PDF特性 +Main text \family default -で + (default: black), for \family sans -色付きリンク +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +out notes \family default -オプションを有効にした場合、おそらく + (default: light grey)for the background color for the \family sans -PDF特性 +Page \family default -の + (default: white) and for \family sans -追加オプション +Shaded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +boxes +\family default + (default: red). + The button +\family sans +Reset \family default -でリンクフォント色も変更する必要があります。例えば、オプションに + sets the color back to the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\series bold -linkcolor=black +\lang english +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -と指定すれば、リンクフォント色が黒に設定されます。詳しくは、LaTeXパッケージ -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Latexぱっけーじ&lt; at &gt;LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref +色はLyX中の表示には反映されず、出力中にのみ表れます(この淡色表示注釈は出力中では青で表示されます)。 \end_layout \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Note, if you change the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + font color and use the option +\family sans +Color +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\family default + in the document settings under +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +properties +\family default +, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section +\lang japanese + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF特性" \end_inset -の取扱説明書をご覧ください。 +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33665,7 +33717,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; color{色名} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -ここで、色名は次のいずれかです: + +\lang english +You are restricted to one of +\lang japanese + \series bold black \series default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33693,10 +33749,34 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; red \series bold white \series default -, + +\lang english +or +\lang japanese + \series bold yellow \series default + +\lang english +for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + Manual). +\lang japanese \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 293 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------- lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx | 119 ++++++++++--------- lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx | 122 ++++++++++++-------- lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx | 128 ++++++++++++--------- lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx | 158 +++++++++++++++++++------ 5 files changed, 542 insertions(+), 278 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-21T21:35:11 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37507 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit d1d6f12a93964f627db064eb62ffd3141fe98884 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 21:13:14 2013 +0200 UserGuide.lyx: some corrections - hopefully fix compilation of German UserGuide for Scott - some German translations diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index 2252682..b001c33 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -23972,25 +23972,28 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Keep matched \family default , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. - The selection will be shown below the button field. - If you want one side not to have a bracket, use the blank button. + The selection will be shown as TeX code. + If you want one side not to have a bracket, use +\family sans +(none) +\family default +. It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, - you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to - go inside the brackets. +If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square + root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that + is to go inside the brackets. Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans Insert \family default . - The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. - For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select - the structure and enter + For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and + enter \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-delim ( )" diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index 10bde09..5b27e6b 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -4355,7 +4355,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zitat (kurz) status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat!(kurz) +Zitat ! (kurz) \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -4373,7 +4373,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zitat (lang) status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat!(lang) +Zitat ! (lang) \end_layout \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -4406,11 +4406,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; listung status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Auf -\family sans -\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} - -\family default +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24252,42 +24248,35 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Die Klammern mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf werden automatisch an die Größe \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die gewünschte - Klammer in der linken und rechten Seite. - -\lang english - If you use the option +Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die Klammer in + der linken und rechten Seite. + Wenn Sie die Option \family sans -Keep -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -matched +Zusammenpassend +\family default + verwenden, wird die ausgewählte Klammer für die linke und rechte Seite + verwendet. + Die Auswahl wird als TeX-Code angezeigt. + Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, verwenden Sie +\family sans +(kein) \family default -, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. - The selection will be shown below the button field. - If you want one side not to have a bracket, use the blank button. - It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. +. + Dies erscheint in LyX als gestrichelte Linie, es wird aber nichts ausgegeben. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, - you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to - go inside the brackets. - Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on +Um Klammern um bestehende mathematische Strukturen, wie Wurzeln, zu setzen, + markiert man zuerst die Struktur, dann wählt man die entsprechenden Klammern + aus und drückt auf \family sans -Insert +Einfügen \family default . - The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. - The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and - braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. - For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select - the structure and enter -\lang ngerman - + Die häufigsten Klammern (beidseitig runde, eckige und geschweifte) können + schneller mit Tastenkürzeln eingefügt werden. + Um zum Beispiel ein Paar runde Klammern einzufügen, markiert man die Struktur + und verwendet das Kürzel \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-delim ( )" diff --git a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx index 19f9352..da9b6b3 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24540,18 +24540,26 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; iguales \family default , el tipo de delimitador seleccionado se pondrá en ambos lados. El comando TeX de la selección se mostrará bajo el panel de botones. - Si quieres que un lado no tenga delimitador, usa el botón + Si quieres que un lado no tenga delimitador, usa \family sans -Ninguno +( +\lang english +none +\lang spanish +) \family default . En LyX se mostrará una línea punteada pero no se imprime en la salida. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Si quieres poner delimitadores alrededor de estructuras matemáticas, como - una raíz cuadrada, puedes seleccionar la estructura que debe incluirse, - escoger los delimitadores deseados y pulsar +Si quieres poner delimitadores alrededor de +\lang english +existing +\lang spanish + estructuras matemáticas, como una raíz cuadrada, puedes seleccionar la + estructura que debe incluirse, escoger los delimitadores deseados y pulsar + \family sans Insert \family default diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index af7a18a..a286a91 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24940,27 +24940,35 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Si vous utilisez l'icône de délimitation, les parenthèses et autres délimite \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Il est très facile de construire les crochets que vous souhaitez. - Cliquez sur le crochet que vous voulez avoir à gauche dans la fenêtre de - gauche et sur celui que vous voulez à droite dans la fenêtre de droite, - et placez-les dans le document en appuyant sur le bouton + +\lang english +To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the + left side and right side. + If you use the option \family sans -Insertion +Keep +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +matched \family default -. - Si vous voulez un côté sans délimiteur, utilisez le bouton vide. - LyX affichera une ligne pointillée, mais n'imprimera rien. - Si vous cochez l'option +, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. + The selection will be shown as TeX code. + If you want one side not to have a bracket, use \family sans -Apparier +(none) \family default -, vous ne choisissez qu'un seul délimiteur, LyX choisit pour vous le délimiteur - de même type pour l'autre côté. +. + It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Si vous décidez après coup de placer des parenthèses (ou une autre structure mathématique, comme une racine carrée, ou un autre ornement) autour d'une + +\lang english +existing +\lang french structure mathématique déjà existante, c'est faisable. Sélectionnez la structure en question (en maintenant la touche \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24974,7 +24982,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Shift Insertion \family default . - Les parenthèses seront placées autour de la structure sélectionnée. Les combinaisons les plus courantes (parenthèses, crochets et accolades associées) peuvent être saisies via les raccourcis clavier. Par exemple, pour insérer une paire de parenthèses flexibles, sélectionner diff --git a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx index b99b049..5976086 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -19499,9 +19499,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -括弧を作成するには、左側と右側に使う括弧のボタンをクリックしてください。左右対称オプションを使用すると、選択した括弧型が左右両方に使用されます。選択した括弧は、 -ボタンフィールドの下に表示されます。片側に括弧をつけたくない場合は、空白ボタンを使用してください。LyX上では破線が表示されますが、印刷時には何も印字されなくな -ります。 +括弧を作成するには、左側と右側に使う括弧のボタンをクリックしてください。左右対称オプションを使用すると、選択した括弧型が左右両方に使用されます。 +\lang english +The selection will be shown as TeX code +\lang japanese +。 +\lang english +If you want one side not to have a bracket, use +\family sans +(none) +\family default +\lang japanese +。LyX上では破線が表示されますが、印刷時には何も印字されなくなります。 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 19 ++++++++------ lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx | 59 ++++++++++++++++++--------------------------- lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx | 18 ++++++++++---- lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx | 33 +++++++++++++++---------- lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx | 15 +++++++++-- 5 files changed, 80 insertions(+), 64 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-21T19:13:24 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37506 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit fda7721e4aa896726ec82557d0c757ba5e7c4d36 Author: Kornel Benko &lt;kornel&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 19:54:20 2013 +0200 Cmake tests: use multiple log files for multiple test-cases diff --git a/development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt b/development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt index c351b00..9954f79 100644 --- a/development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt +++ b/development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,10 +1,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Lang en_US.utf8 -TestBegin ../bug-8684.lyx &gt; lyx-log.txt 2&gt;&amp;1 +TestBegin ../bug-8684.lyx &gt; lyx-log1.txt 2&gt;&amp;1 KK: \Ax KK: command-sequence change-next; change-reject; change-next\[Return] TestEnd -TestBegin ../bug-8684.lyx &gt; lyx-log.txt 2&gt;&amp;1 +TestBegin ../bug-8684.lyx &gt; lyx-log2.txt 2&gt;&amp;1 KK: \Ax KK: command-sequence char-forward; change-next\[Return] TestEnd ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt | 4 ++-- 1 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Kornel Benko 2013-05-21T17:55:04 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37505 <pre>Author: vfr Date: Tue May 21 19:53:06 2013 New Revision: 40967 URL: http://www.lyx.org/trac/changeset/40967 Log: * i18n: update stats for trunk Modified: www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.inc Modified: www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.inc ============================================================================== --- www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.incThu May 9 20:29:52 2013(r40966) +++ www-user/trunk/farm/cookbook/LyX/i18n_trunk.incTue May 21 19:53:06 2013(r40967) &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,99 +1,102 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; &lt;?php // The current version -$lyx_version = "2.1.0svn"; +$lyx_version = "2.1.0git"; // The branch tag $branch_tag = "trunk"; // The data itself $podata = array ( array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ar', "date" =&gt; "2010-03-21", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3266, "msg_fu" =&gt; 752, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1124, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3194, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1493, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1742, "translator" =&gt; "Mohamed Magdy", "email" =&gt; "theblackdragon_100 () hotmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ca', "date" =&gt; "2008-07-28", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2941, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1239, "msg_nt" =&gt; 962, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2886, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1970, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1573, "translator" =&gt; "joan", "email" =&gt; "joan () montane ! cat"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'cs', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-12", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5038, "msg_fu" =&gt; 797, "msg_nt" =&gt; 594, "translator" =&gt; "Pavel Sanda", "email" =&gt; "sanda () lyx ! org"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'da', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-20", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3775, "msg_fu" =&gt; 850, "msg_nt" =&gt; 517, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3684, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1618, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1127, "translator" =&gt; "Jesper Stemann Andersen", "email" =&gt; "jesper () sait ! dk"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'de', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-23", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, -"translator" =&gt; "J&amp;#252;rgen Spitzm&amp;#252;ller", "email" =&gt; "spitz () lyx ! org"), +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'de', "date" =&gt; "2013-04-21", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 6397, "msg_fu" =&gt; 18, "msg_nt" =&gt; 14, +"translator" =&gt; "Uwe St&amp;#246;hr", "email" =&gt; "uwestoehr () web ! de"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'el', "date" =&gt; "2010-07-07", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3282, "msg_fu" =&gt; 307, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1553, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3197, "msg_fu" =&gt; 937, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2295, "translator" =&gt; "&amp;#927;&amp;#948;&amp;#965;&amp;#963;&amp;#963;&amp;#941;&amp;#945;&amp;#962; &amp;#916;&amp;#945;&amp;#947;&amp;#954;&amp;#955;&amp;#942;&amp;#962;", "email" =&gt; "o2d () freemail ! gr"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'es', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-27", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'es', "date" =&gt; "2012-06-08", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5243, "msg_fu" =&gt; 639, "msg_nt" =&gt; 547, "translator" =&gt; "Ignacio Garc&amp;#237;a", "email" =&gt; "ignacio ! gmorales () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'eu', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-28", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4992, "msg_fu" =&gt; 821, "msg_nt" =&gt; 616, "translator" =&gt; "I&amp;#241;aki Larra&amp;#241;aga Murgoitio", "email" =&gt; "dooteo () zundan ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'fi', "date" =&gt; "2010-11-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2942, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1512, "msg_nt" =&gt; 688, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'fi', "date" =&gt; "2012-04-07", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2920, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2218, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1291, "translator" =&gt; "Martin Vermeer", "email" =&gt; "martin ! vermeer () tkk ! fi"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'fr', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'fr', "date" =&gt; "2013-01-28", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 6247, "msg_fu" =&gt; 142, "msg_nt" =&gt; 40, "translator" =&gt; "Jean-Pierre Chr&amp;#233;tien", "email" =&gt; "jeanpierre ! chretien () free ! fr"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'gl', "date" =&gt; "2007-07-11", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3043, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1473, "msg_nt" =&gt; 626, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3000, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2198, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1231, "translator" =&gt; "Ramon Flores", "email" =&gt; "fa2ramon () usc ! es"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'he', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3149, "msg_fu" =&gt; 920, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1073, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3093, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1657, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1679, "translator" =&gt; "Richman Reuven", "email" =&gt; "richman ! reuven () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'hu', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4591, "msg_fu" =&gt; 352, "msg_nt" =&gt; 199, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4493, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1137, "msg_nt" =&gt; 799, "translator" =&gt; "Sz&amp;#337;ke S&amp;#225;ndor", "email" =&gt; "alex () lyx ! hu"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ia', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4992, "msg_fu" =&gt; 821, "msg_nt" =&gt; 616, "translator" =&gt; "g.sora", "email" =&gt; "g ! sora () tiscali ! it"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'id', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-19", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5032, "msg_fu" =&gt; 799, "msg_nt" =&gt; 598, "translator" =&gt; "Waluyo Adi Siswanto", "email" =&gt; "was ! uthm () gmail ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'it', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-16", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'it', "date" =&gt; "2013-03-31", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 6396, "msg_fu" =&gt; 19, "msg_nt" =&gt; 14, "translator" =&gt; "Enrico Forestieri", "email" =&gt; "forenr () lyx ! org"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ja', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-15", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5140, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ja', "date" =&gt; "2012-11-14", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5229, "msg_fu" =&gt; 638, "msg_nt" =&gt; 562, "translator" =&gt; "Koji Yokota", "email" =&gt; "yokota () res ! otaru-uc ! ac ! jp"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nb', "date" =&gt; "2009-08-19", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3388, "msg_fu" =&gt; 959, "msg_nt" =&gt; 795, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nb', "date" =&gt; "2011-07-13", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3971, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1210, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1248, "translator" =&gt; "Helge Hafting", "email" =&gt; "helge ! hafting () aitel ! hist ! no"), +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nl', "date" =&gt; "2011-12-08", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2784, "msg_fu" =&gt; 932, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2713, +"translator" =&gt; "Timo Kluck", "email" =&gt; "tkluck () infty ! nl"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'nn', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-09", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5023, "msg_fu" =&gt; 805, "msg_nt" =&gt; 601, "translator" =&gt; "Ingar Pareliussen", "email" =&gt; "ingar ! pareliussen () _dmmh_no"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'pl', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4509, "msg_fu" =&gt; 419, "msg_nt" =&gt; 214, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4411, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1218, "msg_nt" =&gt; 800, "translator" =&gt; "Micha&amp;#322; Fita", "email" =&gt; "michal ! fita () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'pt', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 4305, "msg_fu" =&gt; 552, "msg_nt" =&gt; 285, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 4200, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1333, "msg_nt" =&gt; 896, "translator" =&gt; "Susana Barbosa", "email" =&gt; "susanabarb () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ro', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2945, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1440, "msg_nt" =&gt; 757, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2884, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2179, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1366, "translator" =&gt; "Marius Ionescu", "email" =&gt; "felijohn () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'ru', "date" =&gt; "2010-04-21", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3825, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1025, "msg_nt" =&gt; 292, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3717, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1814, "msg_nt" =&gt; 898, "translator" =&gt; "Sergey Tereschenko", "email" =&gt; "serg ! partizan () gmail ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sk', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-15", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sk', "date" =&gt; "2013-01-16", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 6413, "msg_fu" =&gt; 11, "msg_nt" =&gt; 5, "translator" =&gt; "Kornel Benko", "email" =&gt; "kornel () lyx ! org"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sr', "date" =&gt; "2010-11-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2682, "msg_fu" =&gt; 428, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2032, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sr', "date" =&gt; "2011-05-29", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2645, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1086, "msg_nt" =&gt; 2698, "translator" =&gt; "Zoran T. Filipovi&amp;#263;", "email" =&gt; "zoran ! filipovic () yahoo ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'sv', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 5016, "msg_fu" =&gt; 808, "msg_nt" =&gt; 605, "translator" =&gt; "Jim Rotmalm", "email" =&gt; "jim ! rotmalm () gmail ! com"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'tr', "date" =&gt; "2009-05-25", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3970, "msg_fu" =&gt; 732, "msg_nt" =&gt; 440, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3888, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1485, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1056, "translator" =&gt; "H. &amp;#304;brahim G&amp;#252;ng&amp;#246;r", "email" =&gt; "h ! ibrahim ! gungor () gmail ! com"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'uk', "date" =&gt; "2011-04-19", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 5142, "msg_fu" =&gt; 0, "msg_nt" =&gt; 0, +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'uk', "date" =&gt; "2013-04-14", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 6397, "msg_fu" =&gt; 18, "msg_nt" =&gt; 14, "translator" =&gt; "Yuri Chornoivan", "email" =&gt; "yurchor () ukr ! net"), -array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'zh_CN', "date" =&gt; "2009-10-18", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 3282, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1314, "msg_nt" =&gt; 546, -"translator" =&gt; "mgc", "email" =&gt; "mgcgogo () gmail ! com"), +array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'zh_CN', "date" =&gt; "2011-06-02", +"msg_tr" =&gt; 3932, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1506, "msg_nt" =&gt; 991, +"translator" =&gt; "Yihui Xie", "email" =&gt; "xie () yihui ! name"), array ( 'langcode' =&gt; 'zh_TW', "date" =&gt; "2007-06-26", -"msg_tr" =&gt; 2975, "msg_fu" =&gt; 1497, "msg_nt" =&gt; 670, +"msg_tr" =&gt; 2936, "msg_fu" =&gt; 2217, "msg_nt" =&gt; 1276, "translator" =&gt; "Wei-Lun Chao", "email" =&gt; "chaoweilun () gmail ! com") )?&gt; </pre> vfr< at >lyx.org 2013-05-21T17:53:07 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37504 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 101b8c321dfd0999dc0b59dd327026994a91bb01 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 19:45:47 2013 +0200 de.po: some translations diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po index 625ab63..003114b 100644 --- a/po/de.po +++ b/po/de.po &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -96,7 +96,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: LyX 2.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: lyx-devel&lt; at &gt;lists.lyx.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-21 17:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-21 20:12+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-21 19:45+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;web.de&gt;\n" "Language-Team: German &lt;lyx-docs&lt; at &gt;lists.lyx.org&gt;\n" "Language: de\n" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -2852,7 +2852,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Page Layout" msgstr "Seitenlayout" #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PageLayoutUi.ui:171 -#, fuzzy msgid "Page &amp;style:" msgstr "&amp;Seiten-Stil:" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -3540,9 +3539,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Use &amp;keyboard map" msgstr "&amp;Tastaturtabelle verwenden" #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PrefInputUi.ui:45 -#, fuzzy msgid "&amp;Primary:" -msgstr "Hauptbetonung" +msgstr "" #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PrefInputUi.ui:65 #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PrefShortcutsUi.ui:83 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -3550,9 +3548,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Br&amp;owse..." msgstr "&amp;Durchsuchen..." #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PrefInputUi.ui:91 -#, fuzzy msgid "S&amp;econdary:" -msgstr "&amp;Sekundäre:" +msgstr "" #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PrefInputUi.ui:121 msgid "" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -6472,11 +6469,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Ausgabe:" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:89 msgid "JEL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "JEL" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:92 msgid "JEL:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "JEL:" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:107 lib/layouts/egs.layout:562 #: lib/layouts/theorems-ams-extended-bytype.module:325 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -6485,18 +6482,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Acknowledgement." msgstr "Danksagung." #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:112 -#, fuzzy msgid "Figure Notes" -msgstr "Abbildungen" +msgstr "Abbildungsanmerkungen" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:119 -#, fuzzy msgid "Figure Note" -msgstr "Abbildung" +msgstr "Abbildungsanmerkung" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:120 msgid "Text of a note in a figure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Text einer Abbildungsanmerkung" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:127 lib/layouts/apa6.layout:219 #: lib/layouts/beamer.layout:1306 lib/layouts/powerdot.layout:217 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -6504,19 +6499,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Note:" msgstr "Notiz:" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:138 -#, fuzzy msgid "Table Notes" -msgstr "Tabellenfußnote" +msgstr "Tabellenanmerkungen" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:142 -#, fuzzy msgid "Table Note" -msgstr "Tabellenfußnote" +msgstr "Tabellenanmerkung" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "Text of a note in a table" -msgstr "Cursor nicht in Tabelle" +msgstr "Text einer Tabellenanmerkung" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:147 lib/layouts/beamer.layout:1225 #: lib/layouts/elsart.layout:272 lib/layouts/foils.layout:220 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -11230,7 +11222,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "REVTeX (veraltete Version)" #: lib/layouts/RJournal.layout:2 msgid "report (R Journal)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Report (R Journal)" #: lib/layouts/scrartcl.layout:3 msgid "KOMA-Script Article" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -15880,11 +15872,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Umgebung trennen|g" #: lib/ui/stdmenus.inc:157 msgid "Paste from HTML|H" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aus HTML einfügen|H" #: lib/ui/stdmenus.inc:158 msgid "Paste from LaTeX|L" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aus LaTeX einfügen|L" #: lib/ui/stdmenus.inc:159 msgid "Paste as LinkBack PDF" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -15903,9 +15895,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Paste as JPEG" msgstr "Als JPEG einfügen" #: lib/ui/stdmenus.inc:163 -#, fuzzy msgid "Paste as EMF" -msgstr "Als PDF einfügen" +msgstr "Als EMF einfügen" #: lib/ui/stdmenus.inc:165 msgid "Plain Text|T" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -23786,7 +23777,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "" #: src/LyX.cpp:1069 src/frontends/qt4/GuiAbout.cpp:141 #, c-format msgid "Built on %1$s[[date]], %2$s[[time]]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erstellt am %1$s[[Datum]], %2$s[[Zeit]]" #: src/LyX.cpp:1081 src/support/Package.cpp:606 msgid "No system directory" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -25227,12 +25218,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Benutzerverzeichnis: " #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiAbout.cpp:129 #, c-format msgid "Qt Version (run-time): %1$s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qt-Version (Runtime): %1$s" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiAbout.cpp:130 #, c-format msgid "Qt Version (compile-time): %1$s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qt-Version (Compile-Zeit): %1$s" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiAbout.cpp:156 msgid "About LyX" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -26747,29 +26738,24 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "||x||" msgstr "||x||" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "bmatrix" -msgstr "Matrix einfügen" +msgstr "bmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:44 -#, fuzzy msgid "pmatrix" -msgstr "Matrix einfügen" +msgstr "pmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:45 -#, fuzzy msgid "Bmatrix" -msgstr "Matrix einfügen" +msgstr "Bmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:46 -#, fuzzy msgid "vmatrix" -msgstr "Matrix einfügen" +msgstr "vmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:47 -#, fuzzy msgid "Vmatrix" -msgstr "Matrix einfügen" +msgstr "Vmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:62 msgid "Math Matrix" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28640,9 +28626,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Include (excluded)" msgstr "Include (ausgeschlossen)" #: src/insets/InsetInclude.cpp:391 -#, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" -msgstr "unbekannt" +msgstr "Unbekannt" #: src/insets/InsetInclude.cpp:502 src/insets/InsetInclude.cpp:784 #: src/insets/InsetInclude.cpp:859 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29752,33 +29737,36 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "" "It should be safe to continue, but you\n" "may wish to save your work and restart LyX." msgstr "" +"Es sollte sicher sein fortzufahren, aber es\n" +"kann nicht schaden zu speichern und LyX neu zu starten." #: src/support/lassert.cpp:65 -#, fuzzy msgid "Warning!" -msgstr "Export-Warnung!" +msgstr "Warnung!" #: src/support/lassert.cpp:72 msgid "" "There has been an error with this document.\n" "LyX will attempt to close it safely." msgstr "" +"Es gab einen Fehler mit diesem Dokument.\n" +"LyX wird versuchen es sicher zu schließen." #: src/support/lassert.cpp:75 -#, fuzzy msgid "Buffer Error!" -msgstr "Speicher" +msgstr "Speicherfehler!" #: src/support/lassert.cpp:82 msgid "" "LyX has encountered an application error\n" "and will now shut down." msgstr "" +"LyX hat einen Fehler in der Anwendung festgestellt\n" +"und wird nun beendet." #: src/support/lassert.cpp:85 -#, fuzzy msgid "Fatal Exception!" -msgstr "Tabellenlegende" +msgstr "" #: src/support/os_win32.cpp:482 msgid "System file not found" ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: po/de.po | 78 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------------------- 1 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 45 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-21T17:45:54 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37503 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 5d981c5f324a99ca4dce72d6aa4d6f43bf8d690a Author: Kornel Benko &lt;kornel&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 19:27:25 2013 +0200 * sk.po diff --git a/lib/layouttranslations b/lib/layouttranslations index 017769a..a852344 100644 --- a/lib/layouttranslations +++ b/lib/layouttranslations &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1120,7 +1120,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Translation sk "Assumption" "Predpoklad" "Axiom" "Axióma" "Case" "Prípad" -"Chart" "Nákres" +"Chart" "Diagram" "Claim" "Nárok" "Conclusion" "Záver" "Condition" "Podmienka" diff --git a/po/sk.po b/po/sk.po index 003c602..397ec76 100644 --- a/po/sk.po +++ b/po/sk.po &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -8,7 +8,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: LyX-2.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: lyx-devel&lt; at &gt;lists.lyx.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-21 17:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-21 09:32+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 12:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kornel Benko &lt;kornel&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt;\n" "Language-Team: Slovak &lt;lyx-docs&lt; at &gt;lists.lyx.org&gt;\n" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -4114,7 +4114,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "" #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PrefUi.ui:108 msgid "Use icons from system's &amp;theme:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PoužiÅ¥ ikony zo systémovej &amp;témy:" #: src/frontends/qt4/ui/PrefUi.ui:126 msgid "Context help" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -6086,11 +6086,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Zoznam náčrtkov" #: lib/layouts/achemso.layout:187 lib/layouts/achemso.layout:198 msgid "Chart" -msgstr "Nákres" +msgstr "Diagram" #: lib/layouts/achemso.layout:192 msgid "List of Charts" -msgstr "Zoznam nákresov" +msgstr "Zoznam Diagramov" #: lib/layouts/achemso.layout:209 lib/layouts/achemso.layout:220 msgid "Graph" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -6324,11 +6324,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Publikačný Výdaj:" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:89 msgid "JEL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "JEL" +# Journal of Economic Literature (JEL) #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:92 msgid "JEL:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "JEL:" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:107 lib/layouts/egs.layout:562 #: lib/layouts/theorems-ams-extended-bytype.module:325 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -6337,18 +6338,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Acknowledgement." msgstr "Poďakovanie." #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:112 -#, fuzzy msgid "Figure Notes" -msgstr "Obrázky" +msgstr "Poznámky k Obrázku" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:119 -#, fuzzy msgid "Figure Note" -msgstr "Obrázok" +msgstr "Poznámka Obrázka" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:120 msgid "Text of a note in a figure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Text poznámky obrázka" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:127 lib/layouts/apa6.layout:219 #: lib/layouts/beamer.layout:1306 lib/layouts/powerdot.layout:217 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -6356,19 +6355,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "Note:" msgstr "Poznámka:" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:138 -#, fuzzy msgid "Table Notes" -msgstr "Poznámka Tabuľky" +msgstr "Poznámky Tabuľky" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:142 -#, fuzzy msgid "Table Note" msgstr "Poznámka Tabuľky" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "Text of a note in a table" -msgstr "Kurzor nie je v tabuľke" +msgstr "Text poznámky v tabuľke" #: lib/layouts/AEA.layout:147 lib/layouts/beamer.layout:1225 #: lib/layouts/elsart.layout:272 lib/layouts/foils.layout:220 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -11069,7 +11065,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "REVTeX (zastaralá verzia)" #: lib/layouts/RJournal.layout:2 msgid "report (R Journal)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "referát (R Journal)" #: lib/layouts/scrartcl.layout:3 msgid "KOMA-Script Article" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -14797,7 +14793,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Zobraz liÅ¡tu nástrojov pre tabuľku" #: lib/ui/stdcontext.inc:79 msgid "Use Computer Algebra System|m" -msgstr "PoužiÅ¥ System Computer Algebra" +msgstr "PoužiÅ¥ Systém Computer Algebra" #: lib/ui/stdcontext.inc:87 lib/ui/stdcontext.inc:105 msgid "Next Cross-Reference|N" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -15847,7 +15843,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Å týl textu|t" #: lib/ui/stdmenus.inc:236 msgid "Use Computer Algebra System|S" -msgstr "PoužiÅ¥ System Computer Algebra" +msgstr "PoužiÅ¥ Systém Computer Algebra" #: lib/ui/stdmenus.inc:240 msgid "Add Line Above|A" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -23576,7 +23572,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "" "Viac informácií nájdete v manuálovej stránke LyXu." #: src/LyX.cpp:1069 src/frontends/qt4/GuiAbout.cpp:141 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "Built on %1$s[[date]], %2$s[[time]]" msgstr "Zostavený %1$s, %2$s" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -26448,29 +26444,24 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgid "||x||" msgstr "||x||" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "bmatrix" -msgstr "VložiÅ¥ maticu" +msgstr "bmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:44 -#, fuzzy msgid "pmatrix" -msgstr "VložiÅ¥ maticu" +msgstr "pmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:45 -#, fuzzy msgid "Bmatrix" -msgstr "VložiÅ¥ maticu" +msgstr "Bmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:46 -#, fuzzy msgid "vmatrix" -msgstr "VložiÅ¥ maticu" +msgstr "vmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:47 -#, fuzzy msgid "Vmatrix" -msgstr "VložiÅ¥ maticu" +msgstr "Vmatrix" #: src/frontends/qt4/GuiMathMatrix.cpp:62 msgid "Math Matrix" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -32082,3 +32073,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; msgstr "Neznámy používateľ" #~ msgid "Headings &amp;style:" #~ msgstr "Å týl &amp;hlavičky:" + +#~ msgid "Built on %1$s, %2$s" +#~ msgstr "Zostavený %1$s, %2$s" ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/layouttranslations | 2 +- po/sk.po | 54 +++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------- 2 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 31 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Kornel Benko 2013-05-21T17:27:30 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37502 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 050c768eef471856bd7baaa300705103a83c5c2a Author: Vincent van Ravesteijn &lt;vfr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 19:04:56 2013 +0200 Update layouttranslations diff --git a/lib/layouttranslations b/lib/layouttranslations index 42721ad..017769a 100644 --- a/lib/layouttranslations +++ b/lib/layouttranslations &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -213,7 +213,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Translation de "Assumption" "Annahme" "Axiom" "Axiom" "Case" "Fall" -"Chart" "Zeichnung" +"Chart" "Diagramm" "Claim" "Behauptung" "Conclusion" "Schlussfolgerung" "Condition" "Bedingung" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -224,15 +224,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Translation de "Example" "Beispiel" "Exercise" "Aufgabe" "Fact" "Fakt" -"Graph" "Graph" +"Graph" "Schaubild" "Lemma" "Lemma" "List of Algorithms" "Algorithmenverzeichnis" -"List of Charts" "Liste der Zeichnungen" -"List of Graphs" "Liste der Graphen" -"List of Schemes" "Liste der Schemata" +"List of Charts" "Diagrammverzeichnis" +"List of Graphs" "Schaubilderverzeichnis" +"List of Schemes" "Verzeichnis der Schemata" "List of Tableaux" "Tableaux-Verzeichnis" "Listing" "Listing" -"Listings[[List of Listings]]" "Verzeichnis der Listings" +"Listings[[List of Listings]]" "Programm-Listings" "Notation" "Notation" "Note" "Notiz" "Problem" "Problem" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -482,7 +482,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Translation fr "List of Schemes" "Liste des schémas" "List of Tableaux" "Liste des tableaux (TO)" "Listing" "Listing" -"Listings[[List of Listings]]" "Listings" +"Listings[[List of Listings]]" "Liste des listings" "Notation" "Notation" "Note" "Note" "Problem" "Problème" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1340,7 +1340,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Translation uk "List of Schemes" "Список схем" "List of Tableaux" "Список табло" "Listing" "Текст програми" -"Listings[[List of Listings]]" "Listings" +"Listings[[List of Listings]]" "Тексти програм" "Notation" "Позначення" "Note" "Примітка" "Problem" "Проблема" ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/layouttranslations | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Vincent van Ravesteijn 2013-05-21T17:05:02 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37501 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 82bca55a1f1d1e13da86e6d335ea4c1859fcc79b Author: Kornel Benko &lt;kornel&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 13:26:26 2013 +0200 Typo diff --git a/development/autotests/keytest.py b/development/autotests/keytest.py index a510a3f..cbe0b50 100755 --- a/development/autotests/keytest.py +++ b/development/autotests/keytest.py &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -391,7 +391,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; while not failed: time.sleep(0.5) if not lyx_exists(): print "LyX instance not found because of crash or assert !\n" - failed = true + failed = True else: print "Terminating lyx instance: " + str(lyx_pid) + "\n" intr_system("kill -9 " + str(lyx_pid), True); ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: development/autotests/keytest.py | 2 +- 1 files changed, 1 insertions(+), 1 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Kornel Benko 2013-05-21T11:26:37 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37500 <pre>Am Dienstag, 21. Mai 2013 um 00:52:53, schrieb Scott Kostyshak &lt;skostysh&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; It passes here if called the first time (because of lyx configuring shows too early, thus not yet accepting key strokes?) #ctest -R 8684 Test project /usr/BUILD/BuildLyxGit Start 139: autotests/bug-8684 1/1 Test #139: autotests/bug-8684 ............... Passed 62.10 sec 100% tests passed, 0 tests failed out of 1 #ctest -R 8684 Test project /usr/BUILD/BuildLyxGit Start 139: autotests/bug-8684 1/1 Test #139: autotests/bug-8684 ...............***Failed 10.28 sec 0% tests passed, 1 tests failed out of 1 Total Test time (real) = 10.50 sec Kornel </pre> Kornel Benko 2013-05-21T08:40:35 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37499 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 32a5a06db5ac4f5cb21f59c47fa906ed81d09d9a Author: Scott Kostyshak &lt;skostysh&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 01:28:26 2013 -0400 RJournal.layout: remove unneeded code Part of this code was moved to the template in a previous commit and part was removed because it is no longer needed. Patch by Yihui Xie. diff --git a/lib/layouts/RJournal.layout b/lib/layouts/RJournal.layout index f7cca92..19e49b6 100644 --- a/lib/layouts/RJournal.layout +++ b/lib/layouts/RJournal.layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -18,13 +18,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; AddToPreamble \bibliographystyle{abbrvnat} \usepackage{booktabs} -% use Schunk, Sinput and Soutput environments defined by RJournal -&lt;&lt;include=FALSE&gt;&gt;= -render_sweave() -set_header(highlight = '') -knit_hooks$set(document = hook_rjournal) -&lt; at &gt; - \fancyhf{} \fancyhead[LO,RE]{\textsc{Contributed Article}} \fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage} ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/layouts/RJournal.layout | 7 ------- 1 files changed, 0 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Scott Kostyshak 2013-05-21T05:31:50 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37498 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 707b099102aba7aab8180389bd14382bb2ca9849 Author: Pavel Sanda &lt;sanda&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Mon May 20 18:47:16 2013 -0700 Header cleanup cont. diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiGraphics.h b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiGraphics.h index 67a4cbe..7d32ce2 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiGraphics.h +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiGraphics.h &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -20,8 +20,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #include "insets/InsetGraphicsParams.h" -#include "support/docstring.h" - #include &lt;vector&gt; class QString; diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiKeySymbol.h b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiKeySymbol.h index d113f50..d178185 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiKeySymbol.h +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiKeySymbol.h &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -13,8 +13,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #ifndef GUIKEYSYM_H #define GUIKEYSYM_H -#include "frontends/KeySymbol.h" - class QKeyEvent; namespace lyx { diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiParagraph.h b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiParagraph.h index 201d9a0..aee410f 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiParagraph.h +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiParagraph.h &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -15,11 +15,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #define GUIPARAGRAPH_H #include "DialogView.h" -#include "GuiView.h" -#include "qt_helpers.h" #include "ui_ParagraphUi.h" -#include "Layout.h" #include "ParagraphParameters.h" #include &lt;map&gt; diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrefs.h b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrefs.h index 2c66585..a1fa320 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrefs.h +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrefs.h &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -16,10 +16,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #include "GuiDialog.h" -#include "ColorCode.h" #include "Converter.h" #include "Format.h" -#include "FuncCode.h" #include "KeyMap.h" #include "LyXRC.h" #include "Mover.h" diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrint.h b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrint.h index c0af957..eb1ad67 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrint.h +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrint.h &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -18,7 +18,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #include "GuiDialog.h" #include "ui_PrintUi.h" -#include "Dialog.h" #include "PrinterParams.h" namespace lyx { diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgress.h b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgress.h index 35168c7..9bb8b23 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgress.h +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgress.h &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -15,8 +15,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #include "support/ProgressInterface.h" -#include "DockView.h" - #include &lt;QTimer&gt; #include &lt;sstream&gt; diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.cpp b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.cpp index fb52ba8..a22ea60 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.cpp +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.cpp &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -16,6 +16,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #include "GuiProgressView.h" #include "GuiApplication.h" +#include "GuiProgress.h" #include "qt_helpers.h" #include "FuncRequest.h" diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.h b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.h index a3a2a72..9a743f2 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.h +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.h &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -17,10 +17,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #include "DockView.h" -#include "GuiProgress.h" #include &lt;string&gt; -#include &lt;QList&gt; class QHideEvent; diff --git a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiView.cpp b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiView.cpp index 3a91b7d..f3cd9a5 100644 --- a/src/frontends/qt4/GuiView.cpp +++ b/src/frontends/qt4/GuiView.cpp &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34,6 +34,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #include "qt_helpers.h" #include "frontends/alert.h" +#include "frontends/KeySymbol.h" #include "buffer_funcs.h" #include "Buffer.h" ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: src/frontends/qt4/GuiGraphics.h | 2 -- src/frontends/qt4/GuiKeySymbol.h | 2 -- src/frontends/qt4/GuiParagraph.h | 3 --- src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrefs.h | 2 -- src/frontends/qt4/GuiPrint.h | 1 - src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgress.h | 2 -- src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.cpp | 1 + src/frontends/qt4/GuiProgressView.h | 2 -- src/frontends/qt4/GuiView.cpp | 1 + 9 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Pavel Sanda 2013-05-21T01:47:27 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37497 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 0dd01cfce8ec0d7224ce85e4821154d2d8956845 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 01:45:19 2013 +0200 UserGuide.lyx: port recent changes to master diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index dc0cdd7..2252682 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -10302,8 +10302,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Width of the different horizontal spaces. \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -15338,9 +15338,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; em dash \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row interlinespace="3mm"&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -16706,8 +16706,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Here is an example to show the differences: \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -18364,7 +18364,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; one &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle"&gt; &lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="middle"&gt; &lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in"&gt; &lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt"&gt; &lt;row&gt; &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -21950,13 +21950,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Minipages \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -26058,8 +26051,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Outline Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Outline \family default - that is described in sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + that is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -32755,8 +32748,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons: \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row interlinespace="2.5mm"&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34761,34 +34754,93 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background \begin_layout Subsection View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[&lt;output format&gt;] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as - default output format either in the preferences (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + default output format for the document (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) or in the document settings (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) or in the LyX preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. - The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34799,7 +34851,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset -. +). The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. The default output format is \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34817,11 +34869,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; View (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats. +With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program. The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on - the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured. + the LaTeX programs that are found when LyX was configured. All possible formats are listed in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34840,7 +34892,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; DVI \family default . If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation. - After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section + After updating you have to reconfigure LyX (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34861,12 +34913,28 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguration of LyX \end_inset - +) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Invoking a menu will start a viewer program. - The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section +Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program. + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34877,12 +34945,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset -. +). The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[&lt;output format&gt;] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34895,8 +34967,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats - of your document without opening a new viewer window. +With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of + your document without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34930,7 +35002,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objects That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book, \family sans -View Master +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Master +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document \family default generates the output of the whole book, while \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34941,25 +35021,64 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; View \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the preferences (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) or in the document settings (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34999,25 +35118,64 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objects \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the preferences (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) or in the document settings (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35029,14 +35187,78 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Split View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally. + +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split LyX's main window vertically while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it horizontally. This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or to view the same document, but at different positions. - You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3 - or more documents at the same time. - To return to an unsplit view, use the menu + You can even split the main window several times to view, for example, + three or more documents at the same time. + To close a split view, use the menu \family sans -Close Current View +Close +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Current +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View \family default . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35100,37 +35322,37 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; on state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. The \family sans -Review +Table \family default , \family sans -Table +Math, \family default -, + \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Panels +Macros, \family default -, + \family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Macros +Review \family default and \family sans Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panels \family default - toolbars can be additionally set to the state + toolbars can additionally be set to the state \emph on automatic \emph default - that is denoted in the menu with the suffix +, denoted in the menu with the suffix \family sans (auto) \family default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35142,7 +35364,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; In the \emph on on \emph default - state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the + state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the \emph on automatic \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35150,7 +35372,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; automatic or when a certain feature is enabled. That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor - is inside a formula or table, respectively. + is inside a formula or table respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35221,9 +35443,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Here you can insert the following characters: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system. - Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available - characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. +Symbols Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your + LaTeX system. + By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; + the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. + You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35274,7 +35510,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section +Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35332,7 +35568,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Breakable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{} +Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar \slash{} \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35408,7 +35644,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Formatting \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can insert the following format constructs: +Opens a submenu with the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35442,7 +35678,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section +Space Inserts a protected space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35461,7 +35697,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Inter-word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section +Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35480,7 +35716,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section +Space Inserts a thin space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35499,7 +35735,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts horizontal space, see section +Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35510,7 +35746,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35518,7 +35754,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section +Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35529,7 +35765,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35537,7 +35773,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts vertical space, see section +Space Inserts vertical space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35548,11 +35784,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Vertical-Space" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section +Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35571,7 +35807,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section +Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35590,7 +35826,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a ligature break, see section +Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35613,7 +35849,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced line break, see section +Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35632,8 +35868,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken - text line to the page border, see section +Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35652,7 +35888,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section +Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35671,8 +35907,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken - text page to the page border, described in section +Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph + breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in + section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35691,7 +35928,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section +Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35714,7 +35951,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section +Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35729,13 +35966,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -List / TOC +List/TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry. - The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described - in section + The +\family sans +Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of Contents +\family default +, the +\family sans +List of Algorithms +\family default +, +\family sans +List of Figures +\family default + and +\family sans +List of Tables +\family default + are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35747,7 +36003,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . - The index list is described in section + The +\family sans +Index List +\family default + is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35758,7 +36018,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Index" \end_inset -, the nomenclature in section +, the +\family sans +Nomenclature +\family default + is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35769,7 +36033,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset - and the BibTeX bibliography in section + and the +\family sans +BibTeX Bibliography +\family default + is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35788,7 +36056,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert floats, described in section +To insert floats, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35799,7 +36067,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset -. + and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35826,7 +36106,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts branch insets as described in section +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35861,7 +36143,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default - of the + in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +of the \emph on Customization \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35885,19 +36171,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; External Material \begin_layout Standard This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files in your document. - How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter + For more information see chapter \emph on -External Stuff +External Document Parts \emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded + of the Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Objects -\emph default - manual. +Objects manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35915,19 +36197,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Boxes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a minipage box that is described section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - -. - All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter +Inserts a box in a certain style. + Boxes are described in detail in the chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35947,7 +36218,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Citation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a citation as described in section +Opens the +\family sans +Citation +\family default + dialog as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35966,7 +36241,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Cross-Reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a cross-reference as described in section +Inserts a +\family sans +cross-reference +\family default + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35985,7 +36264,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Label \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a label as described in section +Inserts a +\family sans +label +\family default + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36036,7 +36319,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset -, captions in longtables are described in the section +; captions in longtables are described in the section \emph on Longtable Captions \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36094,7 +36377,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a table. +Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table. Tables are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36106,7 +36389,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Tables" \end_inset -. + and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36114,7 +36409,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Graphics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a graphic. +Opens the +\family sans +Graphics +\family default + dialog. Graphics are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36172,7 +36471,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Footnote \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a footnote, see section +Inserts a footnote as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36191,7 +36490,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Marginal Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a marginal note, see section +Inserts a marginal note as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36210,7 +36509,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Short Title \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a short title, see section +Inserts a short title as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36229,7 +36528,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; TeX Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a TeX Code box, see section +Inserts a TeX Code box as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36240,7 +36539,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36303,7 +36602,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Preview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a preview inset, see section +Inserts a preview inset as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36314,7 +36613,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36347,15 +36646,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Bookmarks \begin_layout Standard With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have - to jump e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -between section + to jump, for example, between section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36407,12 +36698,28 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset -. +.You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. - The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. +The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. + The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36420,8 +36727,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Next Note, Change, Cross-reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current - cursor position. +Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor + position. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36452,8 +36759,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Forward Search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part - in the output, see section +Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output, + see section \emph on Forward \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36523,16 +36830,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; eX Log \begin_layout Standard After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled. - It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background. - -\emph on -Experts -\emph default - will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. + It shows the logfile of the LaTeX-program used. + You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36540,7 +36841,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Outline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section +Opens the Outline window as described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36566,8 +36867,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Start Appendix Here \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor - position as described in section +Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36685,8 +36986,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Character count \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted - document part. +Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or + the highlighted document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36724,7 +37025,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; ChkTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -TeX Information +T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX Information \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36740,6 +37052,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; TeX Information \begin_layout Standard Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst em. + Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36818,8 +37139,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguration of LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages - and programs it needs; see also section +Reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and programs it + needs; see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36838,7 +37159,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Preferences \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix +Opens the +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + dialog as described in detail in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36897,6 +37222,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Toolbars \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37009,8 +37358,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Embedded Objects \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37056,8 +37405,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; pull-down box for the environments \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="22" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row interlinespace="2.5mm"&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37813,8 +38162,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row interlinespace="2.5mm"&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38683,8 +39032,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="left" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row interlinespace="2.5mm"&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38996,8 +39345,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Document ! Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the - whole document and is called with the menu +The +\family sans +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Setting +\family default +s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and + is called with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39007,7 +39364,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Settings \family sans Save as Document Defaults \family default - button in the dialog. + button in any dialog. This will create a template named \family typewriter defaults.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39064,10 +39421,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Layout \emph on layouts \emph default - folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class. + folder and thus not recognized by LyX as a layout for a document class. For more about layout-files, see the chapter \emph on -Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files \emph default of the \emph on &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39083,8 +39440,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Some classes use special class options by default. Predefined \family default and you can decide to use them or not. - If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is - recommended to leave them untouched. + If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is + recommended you leave them untouched. The \family sans Graphics driver &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39134,8 +39491,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child - or subdocument. +Specifying a +\family sans +Master +\family default + document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument. The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child document is opened without its master. This way child documents are always compilable. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39184,8 +39544,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; LaTeX-packages ! refstyle \end_inset - for cross-references, see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + for cross-references, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39285,16 +39645,40 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Text Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical - skips. - The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here. +You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by +\family sans +Indentation +\family default + or by +\family sans +Vertical space +\family default +. + The +\family sans +Line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +spacing +\family default + and whether it should be a +\family sans +Two-column +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\family default + can also be specified here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen. - That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM +Note that LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on + screen. + That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM concept. - However, it will be as you specified it in the output. + However, it will be as you specified in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39302,7 +39686,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Page Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A description of this menu is given in section +This dialog is described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39328,7 +39712,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Page Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section +Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40937,10 +41321,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; View \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Formats \family default -, see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -43988,8 +44377,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Units \begin_inset Tabular &lt;lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2"&gt; &lt;features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; -&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top"&gt; +&lt;column alignment="center" valignment="top"&gt; &lt;row&gt; &lt;cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"&gt; \begin_inset Text diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index a75f234..10bde09 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -22442,13 +22442,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objekte \begin_layout Section Minipage -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipage" - -\end_inset - - \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24198,18 +24191,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten \family typewriter -[{]}()| -\backslash -&lt;&gt; +[]{}()|&lt;&gt; \family default zu drücken. - Aber die Wirkung ist besser, wenn Sie die -\family sans - Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - benutzen, insbesondere, wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche - in Klammern setzen wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammernschichten haben. - So zum Beispiel würden Sie Klammern um eine Matrix setzen: + Aber wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche in Klammern setzen + wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammernschichten haben, ist es besser den + Mathe-Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" +\end_inset + + zu verwenden. + So zum Beispiel wenn Sie Klammern um eine Matrix wie diese setzen: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\begin{array}{cc} &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24225,130 +24219,81 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. \begin_layout Standard \noindent -In Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" - +macht es das einfacher, die Gliederung der Klammern zu sehen. + Der folgende linke Ausdruck wurde mit Hilfe des Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset - steht ausführlich beschrieben, wie man das im Einzelnen macht. - Auch erkennt man mehrere Klammernschichten besser bei Ausdrücken wie -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\label{eq:Bruch} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset + erstellt, der rechte Ausdruck wurde mit den +\family typewriter +() +\family default +-Tasten erstellt: +\lang english + +\lang ngerman -oder \begin_inset Formula \[ -f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right). +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} \] \end_inset -Die Klammern aus dem Menü werden automatisch an die Größe ihres Inhaltes - angepasst. - (Das wird direkt mit den LaTeX-Befehlen -\series bold - -\backslash -left( bla -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -bla -\backslash -right) -\series default - erreicht.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Es ist sehr einfach, die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen. - Klicken Sie in der automatischen -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - auf -\begin_inset Graphics -filename ../../images/math/delim.png -scale 85 -groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, um das -\family sans -Mathe-Trennzeichen -\family default --Menü zu öffnen. - Sie müssen links das Klammersymbol, das Sie links haben wollen, auswählen, - rechts das, das Sie rechts haben wollen, und schließlich zum Einsetzen - auf den Knopf -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -. +\noindent +Die Klammern mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf werden automatisch an die Größe + ihres Inhaltes angepasst. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, wählen Sie das leere - Symbol. - In LyX wird es als gestrichelte senkrechte Linie angezeigt, in der Druckausgabe - ist nichts zu sehen. - Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie - -\family sans -Zusammenpassend -\family default - ankreuzen und müssen nur eine Klammer auswählen. -\end_layout +Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die gewünschte + Klammer in der linken und rechten Seite. -\begin_layout Standard -Schließlich können Sie noch zwischen 5 +\lang english + If you use the option +\family sans +Keep \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Klammergrößen wählen. - -\family sans -Variabel +matched \family default - sollte meistens die richtige Wahl sein. +, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. + The selection will be shown below the button field. + If you want one side not to have a bracket, use the blank button. + It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie sich erst nachträglich entschließen, eine mathematische Struktur - mit Klammern, anderen mathematischen Symbolen oder Verzierungen zu versehen, - können Sie das tun, indem Sie das, was innerhalb der Klammern usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -stehen soll, markieren. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Dazu stellen Sie den Cursor links oder rechts neben Ihre Auswahl, drücken - die -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default --Taste und gehen mit den Pfeiltasten in die gewünschte Richtung. - Sie können natürlich auch mit der Maus markieren. - Dann wählen Sie die gewünschten Klammern für links und rechts und klicken - auf +\lang english +If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, + you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to + go inside the brackets. + Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans -Einfügen +Insert \family default . - Die Klammern werden um die markierte Struktur gesetzt. + The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. + The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and + braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. + For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select + the structure and enter +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-delim ( )" +\end_inset + +. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24373,13 +24318,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Gleichungen \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30361,58 +30299,29 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Geöffnet \begin_layout Standard In das TeX-Code-Kästchen können Sie vollständige oder unvollständige LaTeX-Befeh le schreiben. - Ein vollständiger LaTeX-Befehl ist zum Beispiel die Verwendung von -\family typewriter -slop\SpecialChar \- -py\SpecialChar \- -par -\family default - in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Sloppypar" - -\end_inset + Unvollständig bedeutet, dass das Befehlsargument normaler Text sein kann. + Sie wollen zum Beispiel einen Rahmen um ein Wort zeichnen und verwenden + daher den LaTeX-Befehl +\series bold +\backslash +fbox +\series default . - Unvollständig bedeutet, dass Sie in ein TeX-Code-Kästchen -\family typewriter + Sie können den Befehlsteil +\series bold \backslash -Befehlsname[Optionen]{ -\family default - schreiben, dann das Argument mit allen gewünschten Formatierungen als LyX-Text - und schließlich -\family typewriter +fbox{ +\series default + in ein TeX-Code-Kästchen vor das Wort schreiben und die schließende geschweifte + Klammer +\series bold } -\family default - in ein zweites TeX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Code -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Kästchen: +\series default + in eine zweites TeX-Code-Kästchen hinter das Wort. + Das Wort zwischen den beiden TeX-Code-Kästchen ist dann das Argument wie + im folgenden Beispiel: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34050,13 +33959,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Sprachoptionen \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Sprachoptionen" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35381,32 +35283,65 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ansehen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü erzeugt die Ausgabe im dem Format, das als Voreinstellung entweder - in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +Dieses Menü erzeugt die Ausgabe im dem Format, das als Voreinstellung für + das Dokument (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestelltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" \end_inset -) oder in den Dokumenteinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +) oder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstel\SpecialChar \- +lungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestelltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" +reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset ) gesetzt ist und öffnet es in einem geeigneten Betrachtungsprogramm. - Das Betrachtungsprogramm kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt - oder geändert werden, siehe Abschnitt + Dieses Programm kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert + werden (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Anzeigepro\SpecialChar \- +gramm +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35417,7 +35352,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -. +). Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. Das Standard-Ausgabeformat ist &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35488,9 +35423,17 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Neukonfiguration von LyX \begin_layout Standard Das Ausführen eines Menüeintrags öffnet ein Betrachtungsprogramm. - Dieses kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert werden, - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ + Dieses kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert werden + (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Anzeigeprogramm +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset Newline linebreak \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35500,7 +35443,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -. +). Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35568,29 +35511,54 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ansehen \begin_layout Standard Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung - entweder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt + in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" \end_inset -) oder in den Dokumenteinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" +reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -) gesetzt ist. +) oder gesetzt ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35620,29 +35588,54 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objekte \begin_layout Standard Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung - entweder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt + in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" \end_inset -) oder in den Dokumenteinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" +reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -) gesetzt ist. +) oder gesetzt ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35650,7 +35643,63 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ansicht teilen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Dies teilt LyXs Hauptfenster vertikal oder horizontal. + +\family sans +Ansicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +linke +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hälfte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +teilen +\family default + teilt LyXs Hauptfenster vertikal, +\family sans +Ansicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +obere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +untere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hälfte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +teilen +\family default + teilt es horizontal. Dies erlaubt es, Dokumente gleichzeitig anzusehen um sie zu vergleichen oder dasselbe Dokument an verschiedenen Stellen gleichzeitig zu betrachten. Man kann das Hauptfenster sogar mehrfach teilen um z. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35848,11 +35897,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Hier können die folgenden Zeichen eingefügt werden: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Symbole Fügt jedes Zeichen ein, das von Ihrem LaTeX-System ausgegeben werden - kann. - Daher ist die Anzahl der Kategorien von Zeichen im Dialog und die Anzahl - an verfügbaren Zeichen von den LaTeX-Paketen abhängig, die in Ihrem LaTeX-Syste -m installiert sind. +Symbole Öffnet den +\family sans +Symbole +\family default + Dialog über den man jedes Zeichen einfügen kann, das von Ihrem LaTeX-System + ausgegeben werden kann. + Die Zeichen werden standardmäßig in Kategorien von Zeichen angezeigt; die + Anzahl an verfügbaren Zeichen ist von den installierten LaTeX-Paketen abhängig. + Mit der Option +\family sans +Alle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + werden alle Zeichen gleichzeichtig angezeigt. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35870,8 +35931,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Bemerkung: Symbols \family default sichtbar, denn keine der Schriftarten, die man in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen - als Bildschirmschrift setzen kann (siehe Abschnitt. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + als Bildschirmschrift setzen kann (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36407,7 +36468,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Gleitobjekte" \end_inset - beschrieben. + und im Detail im Kapitel +\emph on +Gleitobjekte +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36434,7 +36507,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zweig \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen Zweig ein, der in Abschnitt +Fügt, falls vorhanden, einen Zweig ein und erlaubt es, einen neuen Zweig + zu erstellen und einzufügen. + Zweige sind in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36445,7 +36520,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Zweige" \end_inset - beschrieben ist. + beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36469,6 +36544,14 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout \emph default + in I +\emph on +nstallieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen +\emph default +, +\emph on +Das Layout-Dateiformat +\emph default des \emph on Anpassung &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36493,7 +36576,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Externes Material \begin_layout Standard Dieses Menü ermöglicht es, den Inhalt von anderen Dokumenten in Ihr Dokument einzufügen. - Wie dies geschieht ist im Detail im Kapitel + Für weitere Informationen siehe Kapitel \emph on Externe Dateien \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36523,19 +36606,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Boxen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Minipage-Box ein, die in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipage" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. - Alle von LyX unterstützten Boxtypen sind im Detail im Kapitel +Fügt eine Box in einem bestimmten Stil ein. + Boxen sind im Detail im Kapitel \emph on Boxen \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36547,7 +36619,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Eingebettete Objekte \emph default - Handbuchs erläutert. + Handbuchs beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36702,7 +36774,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Tabelle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Tabelle ein. +Öffnet einen Dialog, in dem man die Anzahl an Tabellenzeilen und -spalten + festlegen kann. + Fügt eine Tabelle ein. Tabelle sind in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36714,7 +36788,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Tabellen" \end_inset - beschrieben. + und im Detail im Kapitel Tabellen des Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte Handbuchs beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37013,13 +37091,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset benutzt. + Man kann Lesezeichen auch verwenden, um zwischen verschiedenen geöffneten + Dokumenten hin und her zu springen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Man kann Lesezeichen auch verwenden, um zwischen verschiedenen geöffneten - Dokumenten hin und her zu springen. - Die gespeicherten Lesezeichen sind gültig, bis das Dokument geschlossen +Die gespeicherten Lesezeichen sind gültig, bis das Dokument geschlossen wird. + Mit dem Untermenü +\family sans +Lesezeichen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +löschen +\family default + können Lesezeichen gelöscht werden; das Untermenü G +\family sans +ehe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zurück +\family default + springt zu der Position des Dokuments wo zuletzt etwas geändert wurde. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37123,15 +37218,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; eX-Protokoll Nachdem LaTeX gestartet wurde, indem die Ausgabe des Dokuments erzeugt wurde (durch Ansicht oder Export), ist dieses Menü verfügbar. Es zeigt das Protokoll des verwendeten LaTeX-Programms an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Darin kann man sehen, wie LaTeX im Hintergrund arbeitet. - -\emph on -Experten -\emph default - werden im Protokoll Gründe für LaTeX-Fehler finden. + Man kann zum nächsten Fehler oder der nächsten Warnung gehen, suchen, etwas + in die Zwischenablage kopieren oder die Ansicht aktualisieren. + Mit Hilfe der Logdatei können Experten die Ursachen für LaTeX-Fehler finden. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37351,6 +37440,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; TeX-Informationen \begin_layout Standard Zeigt eine Liste der Dokumentklassen und Stile, die in Ihrem LaTeX-System installiert sind. + Die Option +\family sans +Pfad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + zeigt die vollständigen Dateipfade an. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37507,6 +37605,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeX-Einstellung" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Das Menü +\family sans +Über +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + informiert über das Urheberrecht, die Mitwirkenden und die LyX-Version, + die Sie verwenden. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Werkzeugleisten \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41544,6 +41666,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Hauptdokument aktualisieren \family sans Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dateiformate \family default festgelegt, siehe Abschnitt diff --git a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx index a593411..19f9352 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -22366,13 +22366,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Minipáginas \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipáginas" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33910,10 +33903,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator Idioma \family default - permite determinar el idioma + permite determinar el idioma, \family roman \lang english -, the quote style +the quote style \family default \lang spanish y la codificación &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35244,33 +35237,142 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \begin_layout Standard Esta entrada de menú genera la salida en el formato especificado como predetermi -nado en las preferencias (véase la sec. +nado en la configuración del documento (menú +\lang english + +\family sans +Document +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; +\lang spanish + véase la sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" +reference "sec:Salidas" + +\end_inset + +) o en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english + Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -) o en la configuración del documento (véase la sec. +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; +\lang spanish + véase la sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Salidas" +reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset -) y lo abre con el visor apropiado, el cuál se puede elegir y configurar - en las preferencias, véase la sección +) e y lo abre con el visor apropiado, el cuál se puede elegir y configurar + en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +; +\lang spanish + véase la sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35278,7 +35380,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset -. +). Los visores predeterminados son establecidos por LyX cuando se instala. El formato de salida por omisión es \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35346,7 +35448,42 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguración de LyX \begin_layout Standard Al pulsar una opción del menú se iniciará un programa visor, el cuál se - puede elegir y configurar en las preferencias, véase la sección + puede elegir y configurar en las preferencias (menú +\lang english + +\family sans +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35357,7 +35494,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset -. +). Los visores predeterminados son establecidos por LyX cuando se instala. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35425,25 +35562,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ver \begin_layout Standard El formato de salida usado por esta función es el predeterminado especificado - en las preferencias (véase la sec. + en la configuración del documento (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" +reference "sec:Salidas" \end_inset -) o en la configuración del documento (véase la sec. +) o en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Salidas" +reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35479,25 +35687,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objetos insertados \begin_layout Standard El formato de salida usado por esta función es el predeterminado especificado - en las preferencias (véase la sec. + en la configuración del documento (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" +reference "sec:Salidas" + +\end_inset + +) o en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Output +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -) o en la configuración del documento (véase la sec. +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Salidas" +reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35509,8 +35788,69 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Dividir la ventana \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Estas entradas del menú dividirán la pantalla principal de LyX vertical - u horizontalmente. + +\family sans +\lang english +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default +\lang spanish + dividirán la pantalla principal de LyX vertical +\lang english +while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it +\lang spanish +horizontalmente. Así puedes ver simultáneamente varios documentos para compararlos, o ver el mismo documento en diferentes posiciones. Puedes dividir la ventana principal varias veces para ver, p. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35699,9 +36039,33 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Con este menú puedes insertar los siguientes caracteres: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Símbolos Inserta cualquier carácter que esté disponible en tu sistema LaTeX. - Por tanto las categorías de caracteres y los caracteres disponibles en - este diálogo dependen de los paquetes LaTeX instalados. +Símbolos +\lang english +Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert +\lang spanish + cualquier carácter que esté disponible en tu sistema LaTeX. + +\lang english +By default groups of characters are displayed in +\lang spanish + categorías de caracteres; los caracteres disponibles en este diálogo dependen + de los paquetes LaTeX instalados. + +\lang english +You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +\lang spanish +. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36330,6 +36694,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Flotantes" \end_inset + +\lang english +and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\lang spanish . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36357,7 +36737,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Rama \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Se describe en la sección + +\lang english +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described +\lang spanish + en la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36396,6 +36782,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Recuadros flexibles y formato del recuadro \emph default + +\lang english +in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +\lang spanish del manual \emph on Personalización &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36420,10 +36813,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Material externo \begin_layout Standard Aquí se pueden insertar en el documento varios tipos de archivos y de material externo. - Se explica detalladamente cómo hacerlo en el capítulo + +\lang english +For more information +\lang spanish + véase el capítulo \emph on -Archivos externos +\lang english +External Document Parts \emph default +\lang spanish del manual \emph on Objetos insertados &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36446,20 +36845,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Marcos \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserta una minipágina, se describe en la sección -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipáginas" - -\end_inset - +Inserta un marco +\lang english +in a certain style +\lang spanish . - Todos los tipos de marcos soportados por LyX se explican con detalle en - el capítulo + Los marcos se explican con detalle en el capítulo \emph on Marcos \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36618,7 +37009,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Cuadro/Tabla \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserta un cuadro (o tabla). + +\lang english +Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table +\lang spanish +. Los cuadros se describen en la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36630,6 +37025,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Cuadros" \end_inset + +\lang english + and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang spanish . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36905,12 +37316,31 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ctrl+1 Ctrl+2 \family default . + También se pueden usar los marcadores para alternar entre varios documentos + abiertos. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -También se pueden usar los marcadores para alternar entre varios documentos - abiertos. - Los marcadores permanecen hasta que se cierra el documento. +Los marcadores permanecen hasta que se cierra el documento. + +\lang english +The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37028,15 +37458,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; LaTeX. Permite visualizar el archivo de registro de los programas y archivos empleados por LaTeX al generar la salida. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -En él se puede ver cómo funciona LaTeX al procesar el documento. - Los -\emph on -expertos -\emph default - encontrarán aquí posibles causas de los errores de LaTeX. +\lang english +You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile +\lang spanish +expertos encontrarán aquí posibles causas de los errores de LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37249,6 +37676,17 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Información TeX \begin_layout Standard Muestra una lista de las clases y estilos instalados en el sistema LaTeX. + +\lang english +Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37423,6 +37861,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeX-conf" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Barras de herramientas \begin_inset CommandInset label diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index 8c7a8d2..af7a18a 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -23026,13 +23026,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Minipages \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36512,30 +36505,135 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \begin_layout Standard Cette rubrique engendre la sortie spécifiée implicitement, soit dans les - préférences (voir la section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + paramètres du document (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -), soit dans les paramètres du document (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) oou soit dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir la section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset ), et l'ouvre dans la visionneuse adéquate. - La visionneuse peut être choisie dans les préférences, voir section + La visionneuse peut être choisie dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +\lang french +; voir section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36619,7 +36717,41 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguration de LyX \begin_layout Standard Activer un des menus va lancer une visionneuse. - Celle-ci peut être choisie dans les préférences, voir + Celle-ci peut être choisie dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +\lang french +; voir section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36630,7 +36762,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset -. +). les visionneuses implicites sont déterminés par LyX à sa première configuration et à chaque reconfiguration. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36701,25 +36833,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Visionner \begin_layout Standard Le format utilisé par cette fonction est le format implicite spécifié dans - les préférences (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + les paramètres du document (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) ou dans les paramètres du document (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) ou dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36755,25 +36958,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objets insérés \begin_layout Standard Le format utilisé par cette fonction est le format implicite spécifié dans - les préférences (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + les paramètres du document (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) ou dans les paramètres du document (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) ou dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36785,7 +37059,69 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Diviser la vue \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Ceci va diviser la fenêtre principale de LyX verticalement ou horizontalement. + +\family sans +\lang english +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default +\lang french + va diviser la fenêtre principale de LyX verticalemen +\lang english +while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it +\lang french +horizontalement. Cela permet de voir deux document en même temps pour les comparer, ou de voir le même document mais à deux positions différentes. Vous pouvez séparer la fenêtre plusieurs fois pour voir, par exemple, trois &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36991,10 +37327,33 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Avec ce menu, vous pouvez insérer les caractères suivants : \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Symboles Insère tout caractère qui peut être imprimé par votre système LaTeX. - Cela signifie que le nombre de catégories de caractères présentes dans - ce dialogue et les caractères disponibles dépendent des paquetages LaTeX - que vous avez installé. +Symboles +\lang english +Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert +\lang french + tout caractère qui peut être imprimé par votre système LaTeX. + +\lang english +By default groups of characters are displayed in +\lang french + catégories de caractères; les caractères disponibles dépendent des paquetages + LaTeX que vous avez installé. + +\lang english +You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +\lang french +. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37687,6 +38046,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Flottants" \end_inset + +\lang english +and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang french . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37714,7 +38089,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Branches \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Pour insérer des inserts de branche, voir section + +\lang english +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described in +\lang french + section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37749,6 +38130,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Inserts flexibles et InsetLayout \emph default + +\lang english +in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +\lang french du manuel \emph on Personnalisation &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37773,10 +38161,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Trucs Externes \begin_layout Standard Cette rubrique permet d'insérer des fichiers et inclure soit le fichier, soit son contenu dans votre document. - Le chapitre + +\lang english +For more information see +\lang french + le chapitre \emph on -Trucs externes +\lang english +External Document Parts \emph default +\lang french du manuel \emph on Objets insérés &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37799,20 +38193,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Boîte \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Insère une mini-page décrite section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - +Insère unse boîte +\lang english +in a certain style +\lang french . - Tous le types de boîtes acceptés par LyX sont décrits en détails dans le - chapitre + Des boîtes sont décrits en détails dans le chapitre \emph on Boîtes \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37971,7 +38357,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Tableau \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Insère un tableau. + +\lang english +Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table +\lang french +. + Insère un tableau. Les tableaux sont décrits section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37983,6 +38374,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Tableaux" \end_inset + +\lang english +and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang french . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38289,12 +38696,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset . - + Vous pouvez aussi sauter d'un document ouvert à un autre. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Vous pouvez aussi sauter d'un document ouvert à un autre. - Les signets restent utilisables tant que le document reste ouvert. +Les signets restent utilisables tant que le document reste ouvert. + +\lang english +The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38399,13 +38824,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Après avoir utilisé LaTeX en visionnant ou en exportant un document, ce menu sera rendu actif. Il montre le fichier de journalisation de la dernière exécution du programme LaTeX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Vous pouvez y voir les détails du fonctionnement de LaTeX. - Les + +\lang english +You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile +\lang french + experts \emph on -experts + \emph default pourront y trouver la raison de certaines erreurs LaTeX. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38655,6 +39082,17 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Informations TeX \begin_layout Standard Montre une liste des classes et des styles qui sont installés dans votre système LaTeX. + +\lang english +Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38825,6 +39263,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Configuration-LaTeX" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Les Barres d'outils \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -42901,6 +43365,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Visionner \family sans Outils\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formats \family default de fichier, voir sec. diff --git a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx index df9fca7..b99b049 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -17408,7 +17408,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:相互参照" \begin_layout Standard 通常、図フロートには一つの画像だけを挿入しますが、場合によっては、二つの画像に別々の副キャプションをつけて挿入したいこともあるかもしれません。その場合は、既存の -図フロートの中に図フロートを入れ込むことによって、実現することができます。ただし、図一覧にはフロートの主キャプションのみが表示されることに留意してください。図 +図フロートの中に図フロートを入れ込むことによって、実現することができます。 +\lang english +Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures + as described in section +\lang japanese + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:図・表・アルゴリズム一覧" + +\end_inset + +。図 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:歪められた二つの像" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -21217,7 +21229,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sub:目次" 書内で移動したり再配置したりすることができるようになります。したがって、この操作は第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:移動" +reference "sub:文書構造" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28533,28 +28545,114 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -このメニュー項目は、全体の設定(第 + +\lang english +This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as + default output format for the document (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang japanese + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:ファイル形式" +reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" + +\end_inset + + +\lang english +) or in the LyX preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -節参照)か文書設定(第 +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang japanese + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" +reference "sec:ファイル形式" + +\end_inset + + +\lang english +) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -節参照)で指定した既定出力形式(例えばPDF)で出力を生成し適切なビューアでそれを表示します。閲覧プログラムは、設定で変更することができます。第 +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang japanese + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節をご覧ください。既定の閲覧プログラムは、LyXが最初にシステム走査をしたときに、自動的に設定されています。既定の出力形式は、 + +\lang english +). + The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. +\lang japanese +既定の出力形式は、 \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28613,14 +28711,38 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Lyxのさいせってい&lt; at &gt;LyXの再設定 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -メニューを実行すると、閲覧プログラムが実行されます。閲覧プログラムは、設定で変更することができます。第 +メニューを実行すると、閲覧プログラムが実行されます。 +\lang english +The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節をご覧ください。既定の閲覧プログラムは、LyXが最初にシステム走査をしたときに、自動的に設定されています。 + +\lang english +) +\lang japanese +。既定の閲覧プログラムは、LyXが最初にシステム走査をしたときに、自動的に設定されています。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28672,21 +28794,71 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -この関数で使用される形式は、全体の設定(第 + +\lang english +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:ファイル形式" +reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" \end_inset -節参照)か文書設定(第 + +\lang english +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" +reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節参照)で指定した既定出力形式となります。 + +\lang english +). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28706,21 +28878,71 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -この関数で使用される形式は、全体の設定(第 + +\lang english +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:ファイル形式" +reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" + +\end_inset + + +\lang english +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Output +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -節参照)か文書設定(第 +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" +reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節参照)で指定した既定出力形式となります。 + +\lang english +). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28728,8 +28950,67 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -これは、LyXの画面を垂直または水平に分割します。これによって、異なる文書を比較するために同時に表示したり、同じ文書の違う場所を表示したりすることができます。三 -つ以上の文書を同時に表示するのに、複数回分割することもできます。分割表示をやめるには、 + +\family sans +\lang english +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split LyX's main window vertically while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it horizontally +\lang japanese +。これによって、異なる文書を比較するために同時に表示したり、同じ文書の違う場所を表示したりすることができます。三つ以上の文書を同時に表示するのに、複数回分割する +こともできます。分割表示をやめるには、 \family sans 現在の表示を閉じる \family default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28884,8 +29165,26 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sub:特殊文字" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -記号 お使いのLaTeXシステムで出力することのできる任意の文字を挿入します。したがって、このダイアログの文字カテゴリの数と利用できる文字は、導入済みのLaTe -Xパッケージに依存します。 +記号 +\lang english +Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your + LaTeX system. + By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; + the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. + You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +\lang japanese +。 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28955,8 +29254,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:略語" \lang english in the quotation marks style selected in the \family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\lang japanese +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang japanese +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english Language \family default dialog &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29289,7 +29596,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:フロート" \end_inset -節に説明があります。 +節に説明があります +\lang english +and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang japanese +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29312,6 +29635,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:注釈" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described in +\lang japanese 第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29319,7 +29648,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:派生枝" \end_inset -節に説明されているように、派生枝差込枠を挿入します。 +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29336,6 +29665,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:派生枝" \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default +\lang english + in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +\lang japanese の節に、ユーザ設定差込枠の定義の仕方が述べられています。 \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29354,14 +29689,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -ここでは、文書に他のLyXファイルの内容をインクルードしたり挿入したりすることができます。その詳しいやりかたについては、取扱説明書 +ここでは、文書に他のLyXファイルの内容をインクルードしたり挿入したりすることができます。 +\lang english +For more information see +\lang japanese + 取扱説明書 \emph on 埋込オブジェクト篇 \emph default の \emph on -External Stuff +\lang english +External Document Parts \emph default +\lang japanese の章にあります。 \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29528,7 +29869,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:表" \end_inset -節に説明されているように、表を挿入します。 +節に説明されているように、表を挿入します +\lang english +and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang japanese +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29745,11 +30102,29 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset -を使用することによって、簡単に移動できるようになります。 +を使用することによって、簡単に移動できるようになります。またしおりは、すでに開かれている別々の文書のあいだを移動することもできます。 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -またしおりは、すでに開かれている別々の文書のあいだを移動することもできます。保存したしおりは、文書が閉じられるまで有効です。 +保存したしおりは、文書が閉じられるまで有効です。 +\lang english +The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29834,14 +30209,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; eXログ \begin_layout Standard 文書を閲覧したり書き出すことによってLaTeXが実行されると、このメニューは有効になります。これは、使用したLaTeXプログラムのログファイルを表示します。 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -これを使うと、バックグラウンドでLaTeXがどう動作したかを見ることができます。 -\emph on -熟練者 -\emph default -は、ここでLaTeXエラーの原因を見つけることができるでしょう。 +\lang english +You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30047,6 +30418,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Texじょうほう&lt; at &gt;TeX情報 \begin_layout Standard お使いのLaTeXシステムに導入されているクラスとスタイルの一覧を表示します。 +\lang english +Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30193,6 +30574,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeXの設定" 節もご覧ください）。 \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section ツールバー \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33581,7 +33988,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sec:出力" 表示 \family default メニューやツールバーで「表示」「更新」「親文書を表示」「親文書を更新」を選んだときに使用される形式。既定値は、ツール\SpecialChar \menuseparator -設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator +設定 +\family sans +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\family default +\lang japanese +\SpecialChar \menuseparator ファイル形式で設定されます。 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 799 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------ lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx | 595 +++++++++++++++++++++-------------- lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx | 584 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx | 591 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx | 503 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- 5 files changed, 2470 insertions(+), 602 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-20T23:45:30 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37496 <pre>The branch, 2.0.x, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 807e34674072986d8e770f3e9de29e0b930f75a9 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Tue May 21 01:43:07 2013 +0200 UserGuide.lyx: next revision step - chapter A (now only chapter B needs to be done and the revision is done) diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index ad993c0..b0c34be 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -21941,13 +21941,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Minipages \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -26049,8 +26042,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Outline Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Outline \family default - that is described in sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + that is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35441,9 +35434,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Here you can insert the following characters: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system. - Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available - characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. +Symbols Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your + LaTeX system. + By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; + the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. + You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35628,7 +35635,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Formatting \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can insert the following format constructs: +Opens a submenu with the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35662,7 +35669,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section +Space Inserts a protected space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35681,7 +35688,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Inter-word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section +Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35700,7 +35707,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section +Space Inserts a thin space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35719,7 +35726,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts horizontal space, see section +Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35730,7 +35737,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35738,7 +35745,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section +Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35749,7 +35756,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35757,7 +35764,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts vertical space, see section +Space Inserts vertical space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35768,11 +35775,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Vertical-Space" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section +Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35791,7 +35798,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section +Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35810,7 +35817,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a ligature break, see section +Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35833,7 +35840,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced line break, see section +Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35852,8 +35859,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken - text line to the page border, see section +Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35872,7 +35879,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section +Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35891,8 +35898,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken - text page to the page border, described in section +Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph + breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in + section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35911,7 +35919,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section +Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35934,7 +35942,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section +Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35949,13 +35957,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -List / TOC +List/TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry. - The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described - in section + The +\family sans +Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of Contents +\family default +, the +\family sans +List of Algorithms +\family default +, +\family sans +List of Figures +\family default + and +\family sans +List of Tables +\family default + are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35967,7 +35994,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . - The index list is described in section + The +\family sans +Index List +\family default + is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35978,7 +36009,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Index" \end_inset -, the nomenclature in section +, the +\family sans +Nomenclature +\family default + is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35989,7 +36024,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset - and the BibTeX bibliography in section + and the +\family sans +BibTeX Bibliography +\family default + is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36008,7 +36047,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert floats, described in section +To insert floats, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36019,7 +36058,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset -. + and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36046,7 +36097,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts branch insets as described in section +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36081,7 +36134,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default - of the + in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +of the \emph on Customization \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36105,19 +36162,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; External Material \begin_layout Standard This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files in your document. - How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter + For more information see chapter \emph on -External Stuff +External Document Parts \emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded + of the Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Objects -\emph default - manual. +Objects manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36135,19 +36188,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Boxes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a minipage box that is described section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - -. - All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter +Inserts a box in a certain style. + Boxes are described in detail in the chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36167,7 +36209,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Citation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a citation as described in section +Opens the +\family sans +Citation +\family default + dialog as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36186,7 +36232,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Cross-Reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a cross-reference as described in section +Inserts a +\family sans +cross-reference +\family default + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36205,7 +36255,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Label \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a label as described in section +Inserts a +\family sans +label +\family default + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36256,7 +36310,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset -, captions in longtables are described in the section +; captions in longtables are described in the section \emph on Longtable Captions \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36314,7 +36368,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a table. +Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table. Tables are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36326,7 +36380,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Tables" \end_inset -. + and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36334,7 +36400,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Graphics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a graphic. +Opens the +\family sans +Graphics +\family default + dialog. Graphics are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36392,7 +36462,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Footnote \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a footnote, see section +Inserts a footnote as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36411,7 +36481,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Marginal Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a marginal note, see section +Inserts a marginal note as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36430,7 +36500,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Short Title \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a short title, see section +Inserts a short title as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36449,7 +36519,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; TeX Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a TeX Code box, see section +Inserts a TeX Code box as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36460,7 +36530,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36523,7 +36593,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Preview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a preview inset, see section +Inserts a preview inset as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36534,7 +36604,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset - for a description. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36567,15 +36637,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Bookmarks \begin_layout Standard With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have - to jump e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -between section + to jump, for example, between section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36627,12 +36689,28 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset -. +.You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. - The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. +The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. + The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36640,8 +36718,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Next Note, Change, Cross-reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current - cursor position. +Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor + position. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36672,8 +36750,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Forward Search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part - in the output, see section +Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output, + see section \emph on Forward \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36743,16 +36821,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; eX Log \begin_layout Standard After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled. - It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background. - -\emph on -Experts -\emph default - will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. + It shows the logfile of the LaTeX-program used. + You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36760,7 +36832,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Outline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section +Opens the Outline window as described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36786,8 +36858,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Start Appendix Here \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor - position as described in section +Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36905,8 +36977,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Character count \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted - document part. +Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or + the highlighted document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36944,7 +37016,18 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; ChkTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -TeX Information +T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX Information \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36960,6 +37043,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; TeX Information \begin_layout Standard Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst em. + Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37038,8 +37130,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguration of LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages - and programs it needs; see also section +Reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and programs it + needs; see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37058,7 +37150,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Preferences \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix +Opens the +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + dialog as described in detail in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37117,6 +37213,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Toolbars \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39216,8 +39336,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Document ! Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the - whole document and is called with the menu +The +\family sans +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Setting +\family default +s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and + is called with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39227,7 +39355,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Settings \family sans Save as Document Defaults \family default - button in the dialog. + button in any dialog. This will create a template named \family typewriter defaults.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39284,10 +39412,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Layout \emph on layouts \emph default - folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class. + folder and thus not recognized by LyX as a layout for a document class. For more about layout-files, see the chapter \emph on -Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files \emph default of the \emph on &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39303,8 +39431,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Some classes use special class options by default. Predefined \family default and you can decide to use them or not. - If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is - recommended to leave them untouched. + If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is + recommended you leave them untouched. The \family sans Graphics driver &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39354,8 +39482,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child - or subdocument. +Specifying a +\family sans +Master +\family default + document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument. The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child document is opened without its master. This way child documents are always compilable. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39404,8 +39535,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; LaTeX-packages ! refstyle \end_inset - for cross-references, see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + for cross-references, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39505,16 +39636,40 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Text Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical - skips. - The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here. +You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by +\family sans +Indentation +\family default + or by +\family sans +Vertical space +\family default +. + The +\family sans +Line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +spacing +\family default + and whether it should be a +\family sans +Two-column +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\family default + can also be specified here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen. - That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM +Note that LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on + screen. + That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM concept. - However, it will be as you specified it in the output. + However, it will be as you specified in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39522,7 +39677,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Page Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A description of this menu is given in section +This dialog is described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39548,7 +39703,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Page Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section +Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41159,8 +41314,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Formats \family default -, see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index d62c848..10bde09 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -22442,13 +22442,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objekte \begin_layout Section Minipage -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipage" - -\end_inset - - \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24198,18 +24191,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten \family typewriter -[{]}()| -\backslash -&lt;&gt; +[]{}()|&lt;&gt; \family default zu drücken. - Aber die Wirkung ist besser, wenn Sie die -\family sans - Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - benutzen, insbesondere, wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche - in Klammern setzen wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammernschichten haben. - So zum Beispiel würden Sie Klammern um eine Matrix setzen: + Aber wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche in Klammern setzen + wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammernschichten haben, ist es besser den + Mathe-Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" +\end_inset + + zu verwenden. + So zum Beispiel wenn Sie Klammern um eine Matrix wie diese setzen: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\begin{array}{cc} &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24225,130 +24219,81 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. \begin_layout Standard \noindent -In Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" - +macht es das einfacher, die Gliederung der Klammern zu sehen. + Der folgende linke Ausdruck wurde mit Hilfe des Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset - steht ausführlich beschrieben, wie man das im Einzelnen macht. - Auch erkennt man mehrere Klammernschichten besser bei Ausdrücken wie -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\label{eq:Bruch} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset + erstellt, der rechte Ausdruck wurde mit den +\family typewriter +() +\family default +-Tasten erstellt: +\lang english + +\lang ngerman -oder \begin_inset Formula \[ -f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right). +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} \] \end_inset -Die Klammern aus dem Menü werden automatisch an die Größe ihres Inhaltes - angepasst. - (Das wird direkt mit den LaTeX-Befehlen -\series bold - -\backslash -left( bla -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -bla -\backslash -right) -\series default - erreicht.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Es ist sehr einfach, die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen. - Klicken Sie in der automatischen -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - auf -\begin_inset Graphics -filename ../../images/math/delim.png -scale 85 -groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, um das -\family sans -Mathe-Trennzeichen -\family default --Menü zu öffnen. - Sie müssen links das Klammersymbol, das Sie links haben wollen, auswählen, - rechts das, das Sie rechts haben wollen, und schließlich zum Einsetzen - auf den Knopf -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -. +\noindent +Die Klammern mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf werden automatisch an die Größe + ihres Inhaltes angepasst. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, wählen Sie das leere - Symbol. - In LyX wird es als gestrichelte senkrechte Linie angezeigt, in der Druckausgabe - ist nichts zu sehen. - Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie - -\family sans -Zusammenpassend -\family default - ankreuzen und müssen nur eine Klammer auswählen. -\end_layout +Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die gewünschte + Klammer in der linken und rechten Seite. -\begin_layout Standard -Schließlich können Sie noch zwischen 5 +\lang english + If you use the option +\family sans +Keep \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Klammergrößen wählen. - -\family sans -Variabel +matched \family default - sollte meistens die richtige Wahl sein. +, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. + The selection will be shown below the button field. + If you want one side not to have a bracket, use the blank button. + It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie sich erst nachträglich entschließen, eine mathematische Struktur - mit Klammern, anderen mathematischen Symbolen oder Verzierungen zu versehen, - können Sie das tun, indem Sie das, was innerhalb der Klammern usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -stehen soll, markieren. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Dazu stellen Sie den Cursor links oder rechts neben Ihre Auswahl, drücken - die -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default --Taste und gehen mit den Pfeiltasten in die gewünschte Richtung. - Sie können natürlich auch mit der Maus markieren. - Dann wählen Sie die gewünschten Klammern für links und rechts und klicken - auf +\lang english +If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, + you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to + go inside the brackets. + Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans -Einfügen +Insert \family default . - Die Klammern werden um die markierte Struktur gesetzt. + The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. + The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and + braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. + For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select + the structure and enter +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-delim ( )" +\end_inset + +. \end_layout \begin_layout Section &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -24373,13 +24318,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Gleichungen \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30361,58 +30299,29 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Geöffnet \begin_layout Standard In das TeX-Code-Kästchen können Sie vollständige oder unvollständige LaTeX-Befeh le schreiben. - Ein vollständiger LaTeX-Befehl ist zum Beispiel die Verwendung von -\family typewriter -slop\SpecialChar \- -py\SpecialChar \- -par -\family default - in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Sloppypar" - -\end_inset + Unvollständig bedeutet, dass das Befehlsargument normaler Text sein kann. + Sie wollen zum Beispiel einen Rahmen um ein Wort zeichnen und verwenden + daher den LaTeX-Befehl +\series bold +\backslash +fbox +\series default . - Unvollständig bedeutet, dass Sie in ein TeX-Code-Kästchen -\family typewriter + Sie können den Befehlsteil +\series bold \backslash -Befehlsname[Optionen]{ -\family default - schreiben, dann das Argument mit allen gewünschten Formatierungen als LyX-Text - und schließlich -\family typewriter +fbox{ +\series default + in ein TeX-Code-Kästchen vor das Wort schreiben und die schließende geschweifte + Klammer +\series bold } -\family default - in ein zweites TeX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Code -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Kästchen: +\series default + in eine zweites TeX-Code-Kästchen hinter das Wort. + Das Wort zwischen den beiden TeX-Code-Kästchen ist dann das Argument wie + im folgenden Beispiel: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34050,13 +33959,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Sprachoptionen \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Sprachoptionen" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35995,11 +35897,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Hier können die folgenden Zeichen eingefügt werden: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Symbole Fügt jedes Zeichen ein, das von Ihrem LaTeX-System ausgegeben werden - kann. - Daher ist die Anzahl der Kategorien von Zeichen im Dialog und die Anzahl - an verfügbaren Zeichen von den LaTeX-Paketen abhängig, die in Ihrem LaTeX-Syste -m installiert sind. +Symbole Öffnet den +\family sans +Symbole +\family default + Dialog über den man jedes Zeichen einfügen kann, das von Ihrem LaTeX-System + ausgegeben werden kann. + Die Zeichen werden standardmäßig in Kategorien von Zeichen angezeigt; die + Anzahl an verfügbaren Zeichen ist von den installierten LaTeX-Paketen abhängig. + Mit der Option +\family sans +Alle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + werden alle Zeichen gleichzeichtig angezeigt. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36017,8 +35931,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Bemerkung: Symbols \family default sichtbar, denn keine der Schriftarten, die man in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen - als Bildschirmschrift setzen kann (siehe Abschnitt. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + als Bildschirmschrift setzen kann (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36593,7 +36507,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Zweig \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen Zweig ein, der in Abschnitt +Fügt, falls vorhanden, einen Zweig ein und erlaubt es, einen neuen Zweig + zu erstellen und einzufügen. + Zweige sind in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36604,7 +36520,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Zweige" \end_inset - beschrieben ist. + beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36628,6 +36544,14 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout \emph default + in I +\emph on +nstallieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen +\emph default +, +\emph on +Das Layout-Dateiformat +\emph default des \emph on Anpassung &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36652,7 +36576,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Externes Material \begin_layout Standard Dieses Menü ermöglicht es, den Inhalt von anderen Dokumenten in Ihr Dokument einzufügen. - Wie dies geschieht ist im Detail im Kapitel + Für weitere Informationen siehe Kapitel \emph on Externe Dateien \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36682,19 +36606,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Boxen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Minipage-Box ein, die in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipage" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. - Alle von LyX unterstützten Boxtypen sind im Detail im Kapitel +Fügt eine Box in einem bestimmten Stil ein. + Boxen sind im Detail im Kapitel \emph on Boxen \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36706,7 +36619,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Eingebettete Objekte \emph default - Handbuchs erläutert. + Handbuchs beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37178,13 +37091,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset benutzt. + Man kann Lesezeichen auch verwenden, um zwischen verschiedenen geöffneten + Dokumenten hin und her zu springen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Man kann Lesezeichen auch verwenden, um zwischen verschiedenen geöffneten - Dokumenten hin und her zu springen. - Die gespeicherten Lesezeichen sind gültig, bis das Dokument geschlossen +Die gespeicherten Lesezeichen sind gültig, bis das Dokument geschlossen wird. + Mit dem Untermenü +\family sans +Lesezeichen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +löschen +\family default + können Lesezeichen gelöscht werden; das Untermenü G +\family sans +ehe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zurück +\family default + springt zu der Position des Dokuments wo zuletzt etwas geändert wurde. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37288,15 +37218,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; eX-Protokoll Nachdem LaTeX gestartet wurde, indem die Ausgabe des Dokuments erzeugt wurde (durch Ansicht oder Export), ist dieses Menü verfügbar. Es zeigt das Protokoll des verwendeten LaTeX-Programms an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Darin kann man sehen, wie LaTeX im Hintergrund arbeitet. - -\emph on -Experten -\emph default - werden im Protokoll Gründe für LaTeX-Fehler finden. + Man kann zum nächsten Fehler oder der nächsten Warnung gehen, suchen, etwas + in die Zwischenablage kopieren oder die Ansicht aktualisieren. + Mit Hilfe der Logdatei können Experten die Ursachen für LaTeX-Fehler finden. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37516,6 +37440,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; TeX-Informationen \begin_layout Standard Zeigt eine Liste der Dokumentklassen und Stile, die in Ihrem LaTeX-System installiert sind. + Die Option +\family sans +Pfad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + zeigt die vollständigen Dateipfade an. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37672,6 +37605,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeX-Einstellung" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Das Menü +\family sans +Über +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + informiert über das Urheberrecht, die Mitwirkenden und die LyX-Version, + die Sie verwenden. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Werkzeugleisten \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -41709,6 +41666,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Hauptdokument aktualisieren \family sans Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dateiformate \family default festgelegt, siehe Abschnitt diff --git a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx index 7a664ef..19f9352 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -22366,13 +22366,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Minipáginas \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipáginas" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36046,9 +36039,33 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Con este menú puedes insertar los siguientes caracteres: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Símbolos Inserta cualquier carácter que esté disponible en tu sistema LaTeX. - Por tanto las categorías de caracteres y los caracteres disponibles en - este diálogo dependen de los paquetes LaTeX instalados. +Símbolos +\lang english +Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert +\lang spanish + cualquier carácter que esté disponible en tu sistema LaTeX. + +\lang english +By default groups of characters are displayed in +\lang spanish + categorías de caracteres; los caracteres disponibles en este diálogo dependen + de los paquetes LaTeX instalados. + +\lang english +You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +\lang spanish +. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36720,7 +36737,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Rama \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Se describe en la sección + +\lang english +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described +\lang spanish + en la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36759,6 +36782,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Recuadros flexibles y formato del recuadro \emph default + +\lang english +in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +\lang spanish del manual \emph on Personalización &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36783,10 +36813,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Material externo \begin_layout Standard Aquí se pueden insertar en el documento varios tipos de archivos y de material externo. - Se explica detalladamente cómo hacerlo en el capítulo + +\lang english +For more information +\lang spanish + véase el capítulo \emph on -Archivos externos +\lang english +External Document Parts \emph default +\lang spanish del manual \emph on Objetos insertados &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36809,20 +36845,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Marcos \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserta una minipágina, se describe en la sección -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipáginas" - -\end_inset - +Inserta un marco +\lang english +in a certain style +\lang spanish . - Todos los tipos de marcos soportados por LyX se explican con detalle en - el capítulo + Los marcos se explican con detalle en el capítulo \emph on Marcos \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37288,12 +37316,31 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ctrl+1 Ctrl+2 \family default . + También se pueden usar los marcadores para alternar entre varios documentos + abiertos. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -También se pueden usar los marcadores para alternar entre varios documentos - abiertos. - Los marcadores permanecen hasta que se cierra el documento. +Los marcadores permanecen hasta que se cierra el documento. + +\lang english +The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37411,15 +37458,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; LaTeX. Permite visualizar el archivo de registro de los programas y archivos empleados por LaTeX al generar la salida. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -En él se puede ver cómo funciona LaTeX al procesar el documento. - Los -\emph on -expertos -\emph default - encontrarán aquí posibles causas de los errores de LaTeX. +\lang english +You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile +\lang spanish +expertos encontrarán aquí posibles causas de los errores de LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37632,6 +37676,17 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Información TeX \begin_layout Standard Muestra una lista de las clases y estilos instalados en el sistema LaTeX. + +\lang english +Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37806,6 +37861,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeX-conf" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Barras de herramientas \begin_inset CommandInset label diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index 3fb293a..af7a18a 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -23026,13 +23026,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Minipages \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37334,10 +37327,33 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Avec ce menu, vous pouvez insérer les caractères suivants : \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Symboles Insère tout caractère qui peut être imprimé par votre système LaTeX. - Cela signifie que le nombre de catégories de caractères présentes dans - ce dialogue et les caractères disponibles dépendent des paquetages LaTeX - que vous avez installé. +Symboles +\lang english +Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert +\lang french + tout caractère qui peut être imprimé par votre système LaTeX. + +\lang english +By default groups of characters are displayed in +\lang french + catégories de caractères; les caractères disponibles dépendent des paquetages + LaTeX que vous avez installé. + +\lang english +You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +\lang french +. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38073,7 +38089,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Branches \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Pour insérer des inserts de branche, voir section + +\lang english +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described in +\lang french + section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38108,6 +38130,13 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; article (Elsevier) \emph on Inserts flexibles et InsetLayout \emph default + +\lang english +in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +\lang french du manuel \emph on Personnalisation &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38132,10 +38161,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Trucs Externes \begin_layout Standard Cette rubrique permet d'insérer des fichiers et inclure soit le fichier, soit son contenu dans votre document. - Le chapitre + +\lang english +For more information see +\lang french + le chapitre \emph on -Trucs externes +\lang english +External Document Parts \emph default +\lang french du manuel \emph on Objets insérés &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38158,20 +38193,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Boîte \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Insère une mini-page décrite section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Minipages" - -\end_inset - +Insère unse boîte +\lang english +in a certain style +\lang french . - Tous le types de boîtes acceptés par LyX sont décrits en détails dans le - chapitre + Des boîtes sont décrits en détails dans le chapitre \emph on Boîtes \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38669,12 +38696,30 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset . - + Vous pouvez aussi sauter d'un document ouvert à un autre. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Vous pouvez aussi sauter d'un document ouvert à un autre. - Les signets restent utilisables tant que le document reste ouvert. +Les signets restent utilisables tant que le document reste ouvert. + +\lang english +The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -38779,13 +38824,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Après avoir utilisé LaTeX en visionnant ou en exportant un document, ce menu sera rendu actif. Il montre le fichier de journalisation de la dernière exécution du programme LaTeX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Vous pouvez y voir les détails du fonctionnement de LaTeX. - Les + +\lang english +You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile +\lang french + experts \emph on -experts + \emph default pourront y trouver la raison de certaines erreurs LaTeX. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39035,6 +39082,17 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Informations TeX \begin_layout Standard Montre une liste des classes et des styles qui sont installés dans votre système LaTeX. + +\lang english +Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -39205,6 +39263,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Configuration-LaTeX" ). \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Les Barres d'outils \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -43281,6 +43365,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Visionner \family sans Outils\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formats \family default de fichier, voir sec. diff --git a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx index cc471ae..b99b049 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -17408,7 +17408,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:相互参照" \begin_layout Standard 通常、図フロートには一つの画像だけを挿入しますが、場合によっては、二つの画像に別々の副キャプションをつけて挿入したいこともあるかもしれません。その場合は、既存の -図フロートの中に図フロートを入れ込むことによって、実現することができます。ただし、図一覧にはフロートの主キャプションのみが表示されることに留意してください。図 +図フロートの中に図フロートを入れ込むことによって、実現することができます。 +\lang english +Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures + as described in section +\lang japanese + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:図・表・アルゴリズム一覧" + +\end_inset + +。図 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:歪められた二つの像" &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -21217,7 +21229,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sub:目次" 書内で移動したり再配置したりすることができるようになります。したがって、この操作は第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:移動" +reference "sub:文書構造" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29153,8 +29165,26 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sub:特殊文字" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -記号 お使いのLaTeXシステムで出力することのできる任意の文字を挿入します。したがって、このダイアログの文字カテゴリの数と利用できる文字は、導入済みのLaTe -Xパッケージに依存します。 +記号 +\lang english +Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your + LaTeX system. + By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; + the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. + You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +\lang japanese +。 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29224,8 +29254,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:略語" \lang english in the quotation marks style selected in the \family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\lang japanese +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang japanese +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english Language \family default dialog &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29597,6 +29635,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:注釈" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described in +\lang japanese 第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29604,7 +29648,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:派生枝" \end_inset -節に説明されているように、派生枝差込枠を挿入します。 +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29621,6 +29665,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:派生枝" \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default +\lang english + in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +\lang japanese の節に、ユーザ設定差込枠の定義の仕方が述べられています。 \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29639,14 +29689,20 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -ここでは、文書に他のLyXファイルの内容をインクルードしたり挿入したりすることができます。その詳しいやりかたについては、取扱説明書 +ここでは、文書に他のLyXファイルの内容をインクルードしたり挿入したりすることができます。 +\lang english +For more information see +\lang japanese + 取扱説明書 \emph on 埋込オブジェクト篇 \emph default の \emph on -External Stuff +\lang english +External Document Parts \emph default +\lang japanese の章にあります。 \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30046,11 +30102,29 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset -を使用することによって、簡単に移動できるようになります。 +を使用することによって、簡単に移動できるようになります。またしおりは、すでに開かれている別々の文書のあいだを移動することもできます。 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -またしおりは、すでに開かれている別々の文書のあいだを移動することもできます。保存したしおりは、文書が閉じられるまで有効です。 +保存したしおりは、文書が閉じられるまで有効です。 +\lang english +The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30135,14 +30209,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; eXログ \begin_layout Standard 文書を閲覧したり書き出すことによってLaTeXが実行されると、このメニューは有効になります。これは、使用したLaTeXプログラムのログファイルを表示します。 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -これを使うと、バックグラウンドでLaTeXがどう動作したかを見ることができます。 -\emph on -熟練者 -\emph default -は、ここでLaTeXエラーの原因を見つけることができるでしょう。 +\lang english +You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30348,6 +30418,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Texじょうほう&lt; at &gt;TeX情報 \begin_layout Standard お使いのLaTeXシステムに導入されているクラスとスタイルの一覧を表示します。 +\lang english +Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -30494,6 +30574,32 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:LaTeXの設定" 節もご覧ください）。 \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section ツールバー \begin_inset CommandInset label &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33882,7 +33988,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; name "sec:出力" 表示 \family default メニューやツールバーで「表示」「更新」「親文書を表示」「親文書を更新」を選んだときに使用される形式。既定値は、ツール\SpecialChar \menuseparator -設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator +設定 +\family sans +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\family default +\lang japanese +\SpecialChar \menuseparator ファイル形式で設定されます。 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 423 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------- lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx | 378 ++++++++++++++++++----------------------- lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx | 157 +++++++++++++---- lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx | 165 ++++++++++++++---- lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx | 158 +++++++++++++++--- 5 files changed, 843 insertions(+), 438 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-20T23:43:32 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37495 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit 060bac3401f7a6cc3911285ff36f0b7280af1459 Author: Scott Kostyshak &lt;skostysh&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Mon May 20 18:50:56 2013 -0400 Add autotests for #8684 (these should currently fail) diff --git a/development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt b/development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c351b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -0,0 +1,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; +Lang en_US.utf8 +TestBegin ../bug-8684.lyx &gt; lyx-log.txt 2&gt;&amp;1 +KK: \Ax +KK: command-sequence change-next; change-reject; change-next\[Return] +TestEnd + +TestBegin ../bug-8684.lyx &gt; lyx-log.txt 2&gt;&amp;1 +KK: \Ax +KK: command-sequence char-forward; change-next\[Return] +TestEnd diff --git a/development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx b/development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64f758f --- /dev/null +++ b/development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -0,0 +1,108 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; +#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 413 +\begin_document +\begin_header +\textclass IEEEtran +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{algpseudocode} + +\algtext*{EndFor}% Remove "end while" text +\algtext*{EndWhile}% Remove "end while" text +\algtext*{EndIf}% Remove "end if" text + +\usepackage{ifsym} +\end_preamble +\options twoside +\use_default_options true +\maintain_unincluded_children false +\language english +\language_package default +\inputencoding utf8 +\fontencoding global +\font_roman default +\font_sans default +\font_typewriter default +\font_default_family default +\use_non_tex_fonts false +\font_sc false +\font_osf false +\font_sf_scale 100 +\font_tt_scale 100 + +\graphics default +\default_output_format default +\output_sync 0 +\output_sync_macro "\usepackage[active]{srcltx}" +\bibtex_command default +\index_command default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\use_hyperref true +\pdf_bookmarks true +\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true +\pdf_bookmarksopen false +\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 +\pdf_breaklinks false +\pdf_pdfborder true +\pdf_colorlinks false +\pdf_backref false +\pdf_pdfusetitle true +\papersize default +\use_geometry false +\use_amsmath 1 +\use_esint 1 +\use_mhchem 1 +\use_mathdots 1 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false +\use_indices false +\paperorientation portrait +\suppress_date false +\use_refstyle 1 +\index Index +\shortcut idx +\color #008000 +\end_index +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\paragraph_indentation default +\quotes_language english +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes false +\html_math_output 0 +\html_css_as_file 0 +\html_be_strict false +\author 2022551537 "QWE" +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard +i.e., +\change_deleted 2022551537 1368859838 + +\begin_inset Formula $p:\mathbb{R}\rightarrow\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted 2022551537 1368859864 + +\begin_inset Formula $I\subset\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Formula $O\subset\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +. + The +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt | 10 + .../autotests/bug-8684.lyx | 227 +++++++++---------- 2 files changed, 118 insertions(+), 119 deletions(-) create mode 100644 development/autotests/bug-8684-in.txt copy lib/examples/xyfigure.lyx =&gt; development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx (55%) hooks/post-receive </pre> Scott Kostyshak 2013-05-20T22:52:53 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37494 <pre>The branch, 2.0.x, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit edcdab9e2d8ff70e8515e9aad9e6dbb558974570 Author: Uwe Stöhr &lt;uwestoehr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Mon May 20 17:53:06 2013 +0200 UserGuide.lyx: next revision step diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index f0b967e..ad993c0 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34752,34 +34752,93 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background \begin_layout Subsection View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[&lt;output format&gt;] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as - default output format either in the preferences (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + default output format for the document (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) or in the document settings (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) or in the LyX preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. - The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34790,7 +34849,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset -. +). The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. The default output format is \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34808,11 +34867,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; View (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats. +With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program. The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on - the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured. + the LaTeX programs that are found when LyX was configured. All possible formats are listed in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34831,7 +34890,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; DVI \family default . If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation. - After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section + After updating you have to reconfigure LyX (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34852,12 +34911,28 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguration of LyX \end_inset - +) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Invoking a menu will start a viewer program. - The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section +Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program. + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34868,12 +34943,16 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset -. +). The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[&lt;output format&gt;] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34886,8 +34965,8 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats - of your document without opening a new viewer window. +With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of + your document without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34921,7 +35000,15 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objects That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book, \family sans -View Master +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Master +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document \family default generates the output of the whole book, while \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34932,25 +35019,64 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; View \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the preferences (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) or in the document settings (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -34990,25 +35116,64 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objects \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the preferences (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) or in the document settings (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35020,14 +35185,78 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Split View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally. + +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split LyX's main window vertically while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it horizontally. This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or to view the same document, but at different positions. - You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3 - or more documents at the same time. - To return to an unsplit view, use the menu + You can even split the main window several times to view, for example, + three or more documents at the same time. + To close a split view, use the menu \family sans -Close Current View +Close +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Current +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View \family default . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35091,37 +35320,37 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; on state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. The \family sans -Review +Table \family default , \family sans -Table +Math, \family default -, + \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Panels +Macros, \family default -, + \family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Macros +Review \family default and \family sans Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panels \family default - toolbars can be additionally set to the state + toolbars can additionally be set to the state \emph on automatic \emph default - that is denoted in the menu with the suffix +, denoted in the menu with the suffix \family sans (auto) \family default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35133,7 +35362,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; In the \emph on on \emph default - state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the + state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the \emph on automatic \emph default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35141,7 +35370,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; automatic or when a certain feature is enabled. That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor - is inside a formula or table, respectively. + is inside a formula or table respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index a75f234..d62c848 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35381,32 +35381,65 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ansehen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü erzeugt die Ausgabe im dem Format, das als Voreinstellung entweder - in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +Dieses Menü erzeugt die Ausgabe im dem Format, das als Voreinstellung für + das Dokument (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestelltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" \end_inset -) oder in den Dokumenteinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +) oder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstel\SpecialChar \- +lungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestelltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" +reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset ) gesetzt ist und öffnet es in einem geeigneten Betrachtungsprogramm. - Das Betrachtungsprogramm kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt - oder geändert werden, siehe Abschnitt + Dieses Programm kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert + werden (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Anzeigepro\SpecialChar \- +gramm +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35417,7 +35450,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -. +). Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. Das Standard-Ausgabeformat ist &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35488,9 +35521,17 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Neukonfiguration von LyX \begin_layout Standard Das Ausführen eines Menüeintrags öffnet ein Betrachtungsprogramm. - Dieses kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert werden, - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ + Dieses kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert werden + (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Anzeigeprogramm +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset Newline linebreak \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35500,7 +35541,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -. +). Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35568,29 +35609,54 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ansehen \begin_layout Standard Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung - entweder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt + in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" + +\end_inset +) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -) oder in den Dokumenteinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" +reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -) gesetzt ist. +) oder gesetzt ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35620,29 +35686,54 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objekte \begin_layout Standard Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung - entweder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt + in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" + +\end_inset +) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -) oder in den Dokumenteinstellungen (siehe Abschnitt +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" +reference "sec:Dateiformate" \end_inset -) gesetzt ist. +) oder gesetzt ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35650,7 +35741,63 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ansicht teilen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Dies teilt LyXs Hauptfenster vertikal oder horizontal. + +\family sans +Ansicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +linke +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hälfte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +teilen +\family default + teilt LyXs Hauptfenster vertikal, +\family sans +Ansicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +obere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +untere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hälfte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +teilen +\family default + teilt es horizontal. Dies erlaubt es, Dokumente gleichzeitig anzusehen um sie zu vergleichen oder dasselbe Dokument an verschiedenen Stellen gleichzeitig zu betrachten. Man kann das Hauptfenster sogar mehrfach teilen um z. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36407,7 +36554,19 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Gleitobjekte" \end_inset - beschrieben. + und im Detail im Kapitel +\emph on +Gleitobjekte +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36702,7 +36861,9 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Tabelle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Tabelle ein. +Öffnet einen Dialog, in dem man die Anzahl an Tabellenzeilen und -spalten + festlegen kann. + Fügt eine Tabelle ein. Tabelle sind in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36714,7 +36875,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Tabellen" \end_inset - beschrieben. + und im Detail im Kapitel Tabellen des Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte Handbuchs beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection diff --git a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx index a593411..7a664ef 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -33910,10 +33910,10 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator Idioma \family default - permite determinar el idioma + permite determinar el idioma, \family roman \lang english -, the quote style +the quote style \family default \lang spanish y la codificación &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35244,33 +35244,142 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \begin_layout Standard Esta entrada de menú genera la salida en el formato especificado como predetermi -nado en las preferencias (véase la sec. +nado en la configuración del documento (menú +\lang english + +\family sans +Document +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; +\lang spanish + véase la sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" +reference "sec:Salidas" \end_inset -) o en la configuración del documento (véase la sec. +) o en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english + Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; +\lang spanish + véase la sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Salidas" +reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset -) y lo abre con el visor apropiado, el cuál se puede elegir y configurar - en las preferencias, véase la sección +) e y lo abre con el visor apropiado, el cuál se puede elegir y configurar + en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +; +\lang spanish + véase la sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35278,7 +35387,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset -. +). Los visores predeterminados son establecidos por LyX cuando se instala. El formato de salida por omisión es \family sans &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35346,7 +35455,42 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguración de LyX \begin_layout Standard Al pulsar una opción del menú se iniciará un programa visor, el cuál se - puede elegir y configurar en las preferencias, véase la sección + puede elegir y configurar en las preferencias (menú +\lang english + +\family sans +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35357,7 +35501,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset -. +). Los visores predeterminados son establecidos por LyX cuando se instala. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35425,25 +35569,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Ver \begin_layout Standard El formato de salida usado por esta función es el predeterminado especificado - en las preferencias (véase la sec. + en la configuración del documento (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" +reference "sec:Salidas" \end_inset -) o en la configuración del documento (véase la sec. +) o en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Salidas" +reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35479,25 +35694,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objetos insertados \begin_layout Standard El formato de salida usado por esta función es el predeterminado especificado - en las preferencias (véase la sec. + en la configuración del documento (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" +reference "sec:Salidas" + +\end_inset + +) o en las preferencias (menú +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang spanish +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Output +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -) o en la configuración del documento (véase la sec. +Format +\family default +\lang spanish +; véase la sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Salidas" +reference "sec:Formatos-de-archivo" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -35509,8 +35795,69 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Dividir la ventana \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Estas entradas del menú dividirán la pantalla principal de LyX vertical - u horizontalmente. + +\family sans +\lang english +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default +\lang spanish + dividirán la pantalla principal de LyX vertical +\lang english +while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it +\lang spanish +horizontalmente. Así puedes ver simultáneamente varios documentos para compararlos, o ver el mismo documento en diferentes posiciones. Puedes dividir la ventana principal varias veces para ver, p. &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36330,6 +36677,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Flotantes" \end_inset + +\lang english +and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\lang spanish . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36618,7 +36981,11 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Cuadro/Tabla \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserta un cuadro (o tabla). + +\lang english +Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table +\lang spanish +. Los cuadros se describen en la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36630,6 +36997,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Cuadros" \end_inset + +\lang english + and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang spanish . \end_layout diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index 8c7a8d2..3fb293a 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36512,30 +36512,135 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \begin_layout Standard Cette rubrique engendre la sortie spécifiée implicitement, soit dans les - préférences (voir la section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + paramètres du document (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -), soit dans les paramètres du document (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) oou soit dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir la section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset ), et l'ouvre dans la visionneuse adéquate. - La visionneuse peut être choisie dans les préférences, voir section + La visionneuse peut être choisie dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +\lang french +; voir section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36619,7 +36724,41 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Reconfiguration de LyX \begin_layout Standard Activer un des menus va lancer une visionneuse. - Celle-ci peut être choisie dans les préférences, voir + Celle-ci peut être choisie dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Viewer +\family default +\lang french +; voir section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36630,7 +36769,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset -. +). les visionneuses implicites sont déterminés par LyX à sa première configuration et à chaque reconfiguration. \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36701,25 +36840,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Visionner \begin_layout Standard Le format utilisé par cette fonction est le format implicite spécifié dans - les préférences (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + les paramètres du document (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) ou dans les paramètres du document (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) ou dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36755,25 +36965,96 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Objets insérés \begin_layout Standard Le format utilisé par cette fonction est le format implicite spécifié dans - les préférences (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + les paramètres du document (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Document +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Settings +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Output +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" +reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset -) ou dans les paramètres du document (voir section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +) ou dans les préférences (menu +\family sans +\lang english +Tools +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Preferences +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\lang french +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\lang english +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +\lang french +; voir section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" +reference "sec:Formats-de-Fichiers" \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -36785,7 +37066,69 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Diviser la vue \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Ceci va diviser la fenêtre principale de LyX verticalement ou horizontalement. + +\family sans +\lang english +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default +\lang french + va diviser la fenêtre principale de LyX verticalemen +\lang english +while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it +\lang french +horizontalement. Cela permet de voir deux document en même temps pour les comparer, ou de voir le même document mais à deux positions différentes. Vous pouvez séparer la fenêtre plusieurs fois pour voir, par exemple, trois &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37687,6 +38030,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Flottants" \end_inset + +\lang english +and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang french . \end_layout &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37971,7 +38330,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Tableau \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Insère un tableau. + +\lang english +Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table +\lang french +. + Insère un tableau. Les tableaux sont décrits section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -37983,6 +38347,22 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:Tableaux" \end_inset + +\lang english +and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang french . \end_layout diff --git a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx index df9fca7..cc471ae 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28533,28 +28533,114 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -このメニュー項目は、全体の設定(第 + +\lang english +This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as + default output format for the document (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang japanese + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:ファイル形式" +reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" \end_inset -節参照)か文書設定(第 + +\lang english +) or in the LyX preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang japanese + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" +reference "sec:ファイル形式" + +\end_inset + + +\lang english +) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -節参照)で指定した既定出力形式(例えばPDF)で出力を生成し適切なビューアでそれを表示します。閲覧プログラムは、設定で変更することができます。第 +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang japanese + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節をご覧ください。既定の閲覧プログラムは、LyXが最初にシステム走査をしたときに、自動的に設定されています。既定の出力形式は、 + +\lang english +). + The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. +\lang japanese +既定の出力形式は、 \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28613,14 +28699,38 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; Lyxのさいせってい&lt; at &gt;LyXの再設定 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -メニューを実行すると、閲覧プログラムが実行されます。閲覧プログラムは、設定で変更することができます。第 +メニューを実行すると、閲覧プログラムが実行されます。 +\lang english +The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節をご覧ください。既定の閲覧プログラムは、LyXが最初にシステム走査をしたときに、自動的に設定されています。 + +\lang english +) +\lang japanese +。既定の閲覧プログラムは、LyXが最初にシステム走査をしたときに、自動的に設定されています。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28672,21 +28782,71 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; output format \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -この関数で使用される形式は、全体の設定(第 + +\lang english +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:ファイル形式" +reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" \end_inset -節参照)か文書設定(第 + +\lang english +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" +reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節参照)で指定した既定出力形式となります。 + +\lang english +). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28706,21 +28866,71 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -この関数で使用される形式は、全体の設定(第 + +\lang english +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:ファイル形式" +reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" + +\end_inset + + +\lang english +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -節参照)か文書設定(第 +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see +\lang japanese +第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" +reference "sec:ファイル形式" \end_inset -節参照)で指定した既定出力形式となります。 + +\lang english +). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -28728,8 +28938,67 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sub:出力ファイル形式" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -これは、LyXの画面を垂直または水平に分割します。これによって、異なる文書を比較するために同時に表示したり、同じ文書の違う場所を表示したりすることができます。三 -つ以上の文書を同時に表示するのに、複数回分割することもできます。分割表示をやめるには、 + +\family sans +\lang english +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split LyX's main window vertically while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it horizontally +\lang japanese +。これによって、異なる文書を比較するために同時に表示したり、同じ文書の違う場所を表示したりすることができます。三つ以上の文書を同時に表示するのに、複数回分割する +こともできます。分割表示をやめるには、 \family sans 現在の表示を閉じる \family default &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29289,7 +29558,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:フロート" \end_inset -節に説明があります。 +節に説明があります +\lang english +and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang japanese +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -29528,7 +29813,23 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; reference "sec:表" \end_inset -節に説明されているように、表を挿入します。 +節に説明されているように、表を挿入します +\lang english +and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual +\lang japanese +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 327 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------ lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx | 217 +++++++++++++++++++++--- lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx | 427 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx | 426 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx | 345 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- 5 files changed, 1600 insertions(+), 142 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Uwe Stöhr 2013-05-20T15:53:15 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37493 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit b701eea8c869b7dbbda9bbdb68491441b1906e37 Author: Vincent van Ravesteijn &lt;vfr&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Mon May 20 14:37:33 2013 +0200 Update tex2lyx test cases to format 471 diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/CJK.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/CJK.lyx.lyx index 014de53..b497c30 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/CJK.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/CJK.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -51,7 +51,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/CJKutf8.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/CJKutf8.lyx.lyx index 35fdfe4..a475919 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/CJKutf8.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/CJKutf8.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -51,7 +51,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy Document.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy Document.lyx index 7e4ee7e..4daef54 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy Document.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy Document.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/DummyDocument.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/DummyDocument.lyx index dfd8ff6..47a6e55 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/DummyDocument.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/DummyDocument.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy~Document.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy~Document.lyx index c0cfb53..89f3c16 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy~Document.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy~Document.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/XeTeX-polyglossia.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/XeTeX-polyglossia.lyx.lyx index 6efcae6..35b01cc 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/XeTeX-polyglossia.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/XeTeX-polyglossia.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -50,7 +50,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/box-color-size-space-align.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/box-color-size-space-align.lyx.lyx index e7bb882..4e3912d 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/box-color-size-space-align.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/box-color-size-space-align.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -75,7 +75,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-insets.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-insets.lyx.lyx index 0c37bf3..b9ec265 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-insets.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-insets.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-modules.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-modules.lyx.lyx index 7242b14..13c769d 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-modules.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-modules.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass amsart &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -47,7 +47,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; theorems-ams \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-refstyle-theorems.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-refstyle-theorems.lyx.lyx index 7f4e950..a611036 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-refstyle-theorems.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-refstyle-theorems.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass book &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -47,7 +47,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; theorems-ams \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-structure.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-structure.lyx.lyx index 61be9cf..a78f200 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/test-structure.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/test-structure.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -80,7 +80,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; logicalmkup \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/test.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/test.lyx.lyx index 9f6d70d..74017aa 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/test.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/test.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -51,7 +51,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false diff --git a/src/tex2lyx/test/verbatim.lyx.lyx b/src/tex2lyx/test/verbatim.lyx.lyx index e28e613..e371200 100644 --- a/src/tex2lyx/test/verbatim.lyx.lyx +++ b/src/tex2lyx/test/verbatim.lyx.lyx &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1,5 +1,5 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; #LyX file created by tex2lyx 2.1.0dev -\lyxformat 470 +\lyxformat 471 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -40,7 +40,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; \use_package stmaryrd 0 \use_package undertilde 0 \cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type numerical +\cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: src/tex2lyx/test/CJK.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- src/tex2lyx/test/CJKutf8.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy Document.lyx | 2 +- src/tex2lyx/test/DummyDocument.lyx | 2 +- src/tex2lyx/test/Dummy~Document.lyx | 2 +- src/tex2lyx/test/XeTeX-polyglossia.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- .../test/box-color-size-space-align.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- src/tex2lyx/test/test-insets.lyx.lyx | 2 +- src/tex2lyx/test/test-modules.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- src/tex2lyx/test/test-refstyle-theorems.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- src/tex2lyx/test/test-structure.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- src/tex2lyx/test/test.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- src/tex2lyx/test/verbatim.lyx.lyx | 4 ++-- 13 files changed, 22 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Vincent van Ravesteijn 2013-05-20T12:41:20 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37492 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit a8a2bd463c1ae7a14f1273604186131ff3798777 Author: Juergen Spitzmueller &lt;spitz&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Mon May 20 13:40:40 2013 +0200 Force encoding switch when switching from/to CJK, even if we use a customized encoding (#8558) diff --git a/src/output_latex.cpp b/src/output_latex.cpp index 0b45b5a..4883d1b 100644 --- a/src/output_latex.cpp +++ b/src/output_latex.cpp &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -1196,8 +1196,12 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; pair&lt;bool, int&gt; switchEncoding(odocstream &amp; os, BufferParams const &amp; bparams, { Encoding const &amp; oldEnc = *runparams.encoding; bool moving_arg = runparams.moving_arg; -if (!force &amp;&amp; ((bparams.inputenc != "auto" &amp;&amp; bparams.inputenc != "default") -|| moving_arg)) +// If we switch from/to CJK, we need to switch anyway, despite custom inputenc +bool const from_to_cjk = +(oldEnc.package() == Encoding::CJK &amp;&amp; newEnc.package() != Encoding::CJK) +|| (oldEnc.package() != Encoding::CJK &amp;&amp; newEnc.package() == Encoding::CJK); +if (!force &amp;&amp; !from_to_cjk + &amp;&amp; ((bparams.inputenc != "auto" &amp;&amp; bparams.inputenc != "default") || moving_arg)) return make_pair(false, 0); // Do nothing if the encoding is unchanged. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: src/output_latex.cpp | 8 ++++++-- 1 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Juergen Spitzmueller 2013-05-20T11:40:44 http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.cvs/37491 <pre>The branch, master, has been updated. - Log ----------------------------------------------------------------- commit a78bed06eb3d9ee0b5644944450bad4fbcfd0474 Author: Juergen Spitzmueller &lt;spitz&lt; at &gt;lyx.org&gt; Date: Mon May 20 12:31:46 2013 +0200 revert parts of 53002538 which set wrong local_font diff --git a/src/output_latex.cpp b/src/output_latex.cpp index 697a3b5..0b45b5a 100644 --- a/src/output_latex.cpp +++ b/src/output_latex.cpp &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -573,7 +573,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; void TeXOnePar(Buffer const &amp; buf, if (style.pass_thru) { Font const outerfont = text.outerFont(pit); -runparams.local_font = &amp;par.getFirstFontSettings(bparams); parStartCommand(par, os, runparams, style); par.latex(bparams, outerfont, os, runparams, start_pos, end_pos); &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -810,7 +809,6 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; void TeXOnePar(Buffer const &amp; buf, } } -runparams.local_font = &amp;par.getFirstFontSettings(bparams); parStartCommand(par, os, runparams, style); Font const outerfont = text.outerFont(pit); &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; -891,7 +889,7 &lt; at &gt;&lt; at &gt; void TeXOnePar(Buffer const &amp; buf, // not for ArabTeX &amp;&amp; (par_language-&gt;lang() != "arabic_arabtex" &amp;&amp; outer_language-&gt;lang() != "arabic_arabtex") - // have we opened and \L or \R environment? +// have we opened an \L or \R environment? &amp;&amp; runparams.local_font != 0 &amp;&amp; runparams.local_font-&gt;isRightToLeft() != par_language-&gt;rightToLeft() // are we about to close the language? ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary of changes: src/output_latex.cpp | 4 +--- 1 files changed, 1 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) hooks/post-receive </pre> Juergen Spitzmueller 2013-05-20T10:31:50 Search the mailing list at Gmane query http://search.gmane.org/?group=$group=gmane.editors.lyx.cvs